documentation/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@mrawi.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2024
# Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2025
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 08:51+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2025\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Supply Chain"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
msgid "Barcode"
msgstr "باركود"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
"by scanning barcodes."
msgstr ""
"**تطبيق الباركود لدى أودو** يتيح للمستخدمين تعيين رموز باركود للمنتجات "
"الفردية وفئات المنتجات، وتتبع حركات المخزون باستخدام رموز الباركود تلك. من "
"خلال توصيل ماسح الباركود، يمكن تشغيل عمليات جرد معينة عن طريق مسح رموز "
"الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""
"`دروس أودو التعليمية: الباركود <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily operations"
msgstr "العمليات اليومية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes"
msgstr "تطبيق تعديلات المجزون باستخدام الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not "
"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory "
"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the "
"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In"
" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments."
msgstr ""
"في المستودع، قد لا تتطابق أعداد المخزون المسجلة في قاعدة البيانات دائماً مع "
"أعداد المخزون الفعلي والحقيقي. في مثل هذه الحالات، يمكن إجراء تعديلات "
"المخزون لتسوية الفروق، والتأكد من تطابق الأعداد المسجلة في قاعدة البيانات مع"
" الأعداد الفعلية في المستودع. في أودو، يمكنك استخدام تطبيق *الباركود* لإجراء"
" هذه التعديلات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10
msgid ""
"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode "
"scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""
"يمكن إجراء هذه التعديلات في الوقت الفعلي باستخدام ماسح باركود متوافق مع أودو"
" أو عن طريق تطبيق أودو على الهاتف المحمول. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • "
"Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"للحصول على قائمة بماسحات الباركود على الهاتف المحمول المتوافقة مع أودو "
"والأجهزة الأخرى لتطبيقي *المخزون* و *الباركود* ألقِ نظرة على `صفحة أجهزة • "
"مخزون أودو <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13
msgid "Enable Barcode app"
msgstr "تمكين تطبيق الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it "
"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app."
msgstr ""
"حتى تتمكن من استخدام تطبيق *الباركود* لإنشاء وتطبيق تعديلات المخزون، **يجب**"
" أن يتم تثبيته عن طريق تمكين الخاصية من إعدادات تطبيق *المخزون*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"الإعدادات`. بعد ذلك، قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`الباركود`، ثم اضغط"
" على مربع الاختبار بجانب خيار :guilabel:`ماسح الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page "
"to save changes."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد قيامك بتحديد مربع الاختيار، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` في أعلى الصفحة"
" لحفظ التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33
msgid ""
"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can"
" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret "
"barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"بعد الحفظ، تظهر قائمة منسدلة جديدة تحت خيار :guilabel:`ماسح الباركود`، تحت "
"عنوان :guilabel:`تسمية الباركود`، حيث يمكن إما تحديد :guilabel:`التسمية "
"الافتراضية` أو :guilabel:`تسمية GS1 الافتراضية`. يحدد كل خيار من خيارات "
"التسميات كيفية تفسير ماسحات الباركود في أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands "
"and a barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"يوجد أيضاً سهم رابط داخلي :guilabel:`لتهيئة باركودات المنتجات`، بالإضافة إلى"
" مجموعة من أزرار :guilabel:`الطباعة` لطباعة أوامر الباركود وورقة عرض "
"الباركود التوضيحية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr "تم تمكين خاصية الباركود في إعدادات تطبيق المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and"
" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs."
msgstr ""
"للمزيد من المعلومات حول إعداد وتهيئة تطبيق :guilabel:`الباركود`، ألقِ نظرة "
"على :doc:`إعداد ماسح الباركود الخاص بك <../setup/hardware>` و :doc:`تفعيل "
"الباركود في أودو <../setup/software>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51
msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "إجراء تعديل المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`"
" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including "
":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"ابدأ بالانتقال إلى لوحة بيانات :menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود --> ماسح "
"الباركود`، حيث سيتم عرض خيارات مختلفة، بما في ذلك :guilabel:`العمليات`، "
":guilabel:`تعديلات المخزون`، و :guilabel:`الشحنات المجمعة` . "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57
msgid ""
"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء تعديلات المخزون وتطبيقها، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تعديلات المخزون` "
"الموجود أسفل الشاشة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as"
" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الانتقال إلى صفحة *إجراء عميل باركود المخزون*، والتي "
"تحمل اسم :guilabel:`تعديل المخزون` في قسم الترويسة العلوي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner."
msgstr "شاشة بدء تطبيق الباركود مع الماسح الضوئي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67
msgid ""
"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the "
"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be "
"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)."
msgstr ""
"لبدء التعديل، قم أولاً بمسح *موقع المصدر*، وهو الموقع الحالي في مستودع "
"المنتج الذي يجب تعديل تعداده. بعد ذلك قم بمسح باركود المنتج ضوئياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70
msgid ""
"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase "
"the quantity of that product in the adjustment."
msgstr ""
"يمكن مسح الباركود الخاص بمنتج معين عدة مرات لزيادة كمية هذا المنتج في "
"التعديل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the "
"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply "
"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"إذا كانت خاصية *المواقع المتعددة* للمستودع **غير** ممكّنة في قاعدة البيانات،"
" فلن يكون من الضروري مسح موقع المصدر. عوضاً عن ذلك، ما عليك سوى مسح باركود "
"المنتج لبدء تعديل المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ "
"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""
"عوضاً عن ذلك، يمكنك تغيير الكمية عن طريق الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`✏️ (قلم"
" الرصاص)` أقصى يمين بند الإنتاج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the "
":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as"
" well."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى فتح نافذة منفصلة بها لوحة مفاتيح. قم بتحرير الرقم "
"الموجود في بند :guilabel:`الكمية` لتغيير الكمية. إضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك الضغط "
"على الأزرار :guilabel:`+1` و:guilabel:`-1` لإضافة أو طرح كمية من المنتج، "
"ويمكن استخدام مفاتيح الأرقام لإضافة الكمية أيضاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` "
"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product "
"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the "
"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment"
" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products."
msgstr ""
"في تعديل المخزون أدناه، تم مسح موقع المصدر `WH/Stock/Shelf/2`، وتعيين "
"الموقع. بعد ذلك، تم مسح باركود المنتج `[FURN_7888] قاعدة مكتب مع شاشة` "
"ضوئياً 3 مرات، مما أدى إلى زيادة عدد الوحدات في التعديل. يمكن إضافة منتجات "
"إضافية إلى هذا التعديل عن طريق مسح الباركودات لتلك المنتجات المحددة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment."
msgstr "صفحة إجراء عميل باركود المخزون مع تعديل المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95
msgid ""
"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"لإكمال تعديل المخزون، اضغط على الزر الأخضر :guilabel:`✅تطبيق` مع علامة صح في"
" أسفل الصفحة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150
msgid ""
"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming "
"validation of the adjustment."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم تطبيقه، ينتقل أودو مرة أخرى إلى شاشة :guilabel:`مسح الباركود`. "
"يظهر شعار أخضر صغير في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين، لتأكيد عملية تصديق "
"التعديل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180
msgid "Did you know?"
msgstr "هل كنت تعلم؟ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app."
msgstr ""
"يوفر تطبيق *الباركود* لدى أودو بيانات تجريبية مع باركودات لاستكشاف خصائص "
"التطبيق والتعرف عليها. يمكن استخدام البيانات التجريبية لأغراض الاختبار، "
"ويمكن طباعتها من الشاشة الرئيسية للتطبيق. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106
msgid ""
"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and "
"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for "
"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window"
" above the scanner."
msgstr ""
"للوصول إلى تلك البيانات التجريبية، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود`"
" ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`ورقة باركودات المخزون` و :guilabel:`أوامر المخزون` "
"(محدد باللون الأزرق ومكتوب بخط عريض) في نافذة المعلومات المنبثقة أعلى الماسح"
" الضوئي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen."
msgstr "نافذة منبثقة للبيانات التجريبية في الصفحة الرئيسية لتطبيق الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115
msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment"
msgstr "قم بإضافة المنتجات إلى تعديل المخزون يدوياً "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117
msgid ""
"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo "
"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments."
msgstr ""
"عندما لا تكون الباركودات للموقع أو المنتج متاحة، سيظل بالإمكان استخدام  "
"تطبيق *الباركود* لدى أودو لإجراء تعديلات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120
msgid ""
"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning"
" --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود --> مسح الباركود --> "
"تعديلات المخزون`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126
msgid ""
"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ "
"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
"لإضافة المنتجات يدوياً إلى هذا التعديل، اضغط على زر  :guilabel:`➕ إضافة "
"منتج` الأبيض أسفل الشاشة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129
msgid ""
"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and"
" source location must be chosen."
msgstr ""
"يأخذك ذلك إلى صفحة جديدة فارغة حيث يجب اختيار المنتج المطلوب والكمية وموقع "
"المصدر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page."
msgstr "لوحة مفاتيح لإضافة منتجات إلى صفحة إجراء عميل باركود المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136
msgid ""
"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose "
"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that "
"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as "
"well."
msgstr ""
"اضغط أولاً على بند :guilabel:`المنتج` ثم قم بتحديد المنتج الذي يجب أن يتم "
"تعديل مخزونه. بعد ذلك، قم بإدخال كمية المنتج يدوياً إما عن طريق تغيير `1` في"
" بند :guilabel:`الكمية` أو عن طريق الضغط على الأزرار :guilabel:`+1` و "
":guilabel:`-1` لزيادة أو إنقاص كمية المنتج. يمكنك أيضاً استخدام لوحة الأرقام"
" لإضافة الكمية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141
msgid ""
"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read "
"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of "
"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for "
"this inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"يقع بند :guilabel:`الموقع` أسفل لوحة الأرقام، والذي يجب أن تتم قراءته كـ "
"`WH/Stock` بشكل افتراضي. قم بالضغط على هذا البند للكشف عن قائمة منسدلة  من "
"المواقع للاختيار من بينها، ثم قم باختيار :guilabel:`موقع المصدر` لتعديل "
"المخزون هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes."
msgstr "عندما يُصبح جاهزاً، اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد` لتأكيد التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147
msgid ""
"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"لتطبيق تعديل المخزون، اضغط على الزر الأخضر :guilabel:`✅تطبيق` مع علامة صح في"
" أسفل الصفحة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "Default barcode nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10
msgid ""
"Define *barcode nomenclatures* to ensure Odoo correctly recognizes and "
"categorizes barcodes. When scanned, a barcode matches the **first** rule "
"with a matching pattern, based on regular expressions. A barcode is "
"successfully read if its prefix and/or length matches the defined rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:14
msgid ""
"For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) "
"format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, "
"are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and "
"price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to "
"identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly "
"interprets all barcodes for the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** "
"apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1"
" <gs1_nomenclature>` formats. This document exclusively focuses on "
":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29
msgid ""
"To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the"
" entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid ""
"In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes "
"specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only "
"within the company, such as in the :ref:`example "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` where the barcode is written in the "
"|EAN| format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "التهيئة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app"
" in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed "
"in the :ref:`default nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo "
"automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "Example: product weight barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61
msgid ""
"To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products "
"in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used"
" to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to "
"automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of "
"the item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66
msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Rule Name"
msgstr "اسم القاعدة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
msgstr "نمط الباركود"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Field in Odoo"
msgstr "حقل في أودو "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
msgstr "حقل :guilabel:`الباركود` في استمارة المنتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the"
" barcode, `2112345000008`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82
msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the "
"weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** "
"be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three"
" digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` "
"format is `13500`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88
msgid ""
"`8`: `check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"for `211234500000`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode "
"for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to "
":guilabel:`kg`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Barcode field on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101
msgid ""
"Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This "
"generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: "
"`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is "
"`2112345015002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109
msgid ""
"Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type,"
" such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to "
"create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as "
"`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96
msgid "Create rules"
msgstr "إنشاء القواعد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122
msgid ""
"Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** "
"in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there "
"are unknown fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125
msgid ""
"While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with "
"information from these rules. `Custom development "
"<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ is required for this functionality."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then,"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode "
"Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133
msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should "
"be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. "
"Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as "
"the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* "
"GS1 encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up "
"window to create a new rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning "
"the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153
msgid ""
"The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of "
"information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`,"
" :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. "
"This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The "
"available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters"
" or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the "
"product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number"
" of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent "
"decimal digits."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167
msgid ""
"`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a"
" two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click "
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177
msgid "Default nomenclature list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` "
"rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Type"
msgstr "النوع"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "التشفير"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190
msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "Priced Product"
msgstr "منتج مسعر"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "EAN-13"
msgstr "EAN-13"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193
msgid "23.....{NNNDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Discount Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195
msgid "Discounted Product"
msgstr "منتج مخفض"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232
msgid "Any"
msgstr "أي"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "22{NN}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198
msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199
msgid "Weighted Product"
msgstr "منتج موزون"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201
msgid "21.....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202
msgid "Customer Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Client"
msgstr "العميل"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205
msgid "042"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207
msgid "Coupon"
msgstr "كوبون"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209
msgid "043|044"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210
msgid "Cashier Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Cashier"
msgstr "أمين الصندوق "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "041"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214
msgid "Location barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Location"
msgstr "الموقع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "414"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218
msgid "Package barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package"
msgstr "الطرد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "PACK"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222
msgid "Lot barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Lot"
msgstr "المجموعة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226
msgid "Magnetic Credit Card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227
msgid "Credit Card"
msgstr "البطاقة الائتمانية"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229
msgid "%.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230
msgid "Product Barcodes"
msgstr "باركودات المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "Unit Product"
msgstr "وحدة المنتج"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233
msgid ".*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain "
"any number or type of characters."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "تسمية باركود GS1 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
msgid ""
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates various product "
"and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global "
"Trade Item Numbers <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN), "
"purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce "
"product listing."
msgstr ""
"تقوم `تسميات GS1 <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ بتجميع مختلف بيانات المنتجات "
"وسلاسل التوريد في باركود واحد. يحصل أودو على أرقام عناصر التجارة العالمية "
"الفريدة <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN)، التي تشتريها "
"الشركات، لتمكين الشحن العالمي والمبيعات وقائمة منتجات المتجر الإلكتروني. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17
msgid ""
"Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify "
"essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity "
"information, and more."
msgstr ""
"قم بتهيئة تسمية GS1 لمسح باركود الصناديق المغلقة وتحديد معلومات المنتج "
"الأساسية، مثل |GTIN| ورقم الدفعة ومعلومات الكمية والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from "
"GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ to use GS1 barcodes."
msgstr ""
"|أرقام GTIN| عبارة عن تعريف فريد للمنتج **يجب** شراؤه من GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ لاستخدام باركودات GS1. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25
msgid ""
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"
msgstr ""
"`كافة باركودات GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`قواعد أودو الافتراضية لـ GS1 <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27
msgid ""
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`لماذا لا يعمل الباركود الخاص بي؟ <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "إعداد تسمية الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
"default barcode nomenclature options."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام تسميات GS1، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة -->"
" الإعدادات`. ثم ضمن قسم :guilabel:`الباركود`، قم بتحديد مربع :guilabel:`ماسح"
" الباركود`. بعد ذلك، حدد :menuselection:`تسمية الباركود --> تسمية GS1 "
"الافتراضية` من خيارات تسميات الباركود الافتراضية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid ""
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 "
"rules."
msgstr ""
"اختر GS1 من القائمة المنسدلة ثم اضغط على الرابط الخارجي لرؤية قائمة قواعد "
"GS1. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43
msgid ""
"The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is "
"accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
msgstr ""
"يمكن الوصول إلى قائمة *قواعد* GS1 و *أنماط الباركود* التي يدعمها أودو بشكل "
"افتراضي، عن طريق الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`➡️ (السهم)` الموجودة على يمين "
"خيارات :guilabel:`تسمية الباركود`.  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 "
":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the "
"information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the "
"corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
msgstr ""
"في جدول :guilabel:`Open: التسميات` المنبثق، قم بعرض وتحرير :guilabel:`أسماء "
"قواعد` GS1  المتاحة في أودو. يحتوي الجدول على كافة المعلومات التي يمكن "
"تكثيفها باستخدام باركود GS1، بالإضافة إلى :guilabel:`نمط الباركود` المطابق. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode "
"Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's "
"discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Once "
"enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 "
"Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
"بعد تعيين GS1 كتسمية الباركود، يمكنك أيضاً الوصول إلى إعدادات "
":menuselection:`تسميات الباركود` من خلال قائمة مخفية يمكن اكتشافها بعد تفعيل"
" :ref:`وضع المطوّر <developer-mode>`. بمجرد تفعيله، انتقل إلى قائمة "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> تسميات الباركود`، وأخيراً، قم "
"بتحديد :guilabel:`تسمية GS1 الافتراضية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "استخدم باركودات GS1 في أودو "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62
msgid ""
"For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a "
"`unique GTIN <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ as an "
"internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| "
"is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated "
"*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters "
"must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems"
" along the supply chain."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لتعريف المنتج باستخدام باركودات GS1 في أودو، تحصل الشركات على `رقم "
"GTIN فريد <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ كمعرف منتج متميز "
"دوليًا تم شراؤه من GS1. |رقم GTIN| هذا يتم دمجه مع تفاصيل المنتج المحددة "
"التي تتبع *نمط الباركود* المعين من GS1. يجب أن يلتزم ترتيب نمط الباركود من "
"الأرقام والحروف باتفاقيات GS1 للتفسير الدقيق بواسطة الأنظمة العالمية على طول"
" سلسلة التوريد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the "
"barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as "
"detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables "
"Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a"
" fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, "
"have flexible length."
msgstr ""
"يبدأ كل باركود بمعرف التطبيق المكون من 2-4 أرقام "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"تشير هذه البادئة المطلوبة بشكل عام إلى نوع المعلومات التي يحتوي عليها "
"الباركود. يتبع أودو قواعد GS1 لتحديد المعلومات، كما هو مفصل في :ref:`قائمة "
"قواعد GS1 الافتراضية <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`. "
"يؤدي تضمين |AI| ذو الصلة من القائمة إلى تمكين أودو من تفسير باركودات GS1 "
"بشكل صحيح. في حين أن معظم أنماط الباركود لها متطلبات طول ثابتة، فإن بعض "
"الأنماط، مثل الدفعات والأرقام التسلسلية، لها طول مرن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 "
"barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لأنماط الباركود ذات الطول المرن التي لم يتم وضعها في نهاية باركود "
"GS1، استخدم فاصل FNC1 (`\\\\x1D`) لإنهاء الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead "
"of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, "
"use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`."
msgstr ""
"مثال: يبلغ طول نمط الباركود لأرقام المجموعة 20 حرف. عوضاً عن إنشاء باركود "
"مكون من 20 حرف مثل `LOT00000000000000001`، استخدم فاصل FNC1 لجعله أقصر: "
"`LOT001\\x1D`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to"
" product information and configuring the workflow."
msgstr ""
"ألقِ نظرة على :ref:`قائمة تسميات GS1 <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` للاطلاع على قائمة شاملة بكافة أنماط الباركود وقواعده"
" التي يجب اتباعها. بخلاف ذلك، بمكنك إلقاء نظرة على :ref:`مستند استخدام GS1 "
"هذا <barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` للحصول على أمثلة محددة لدمج |GTIN| "
"لمعلومات المنتج وتهيئة مراحل سير العمل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ":ref:`مراحل سير عمل المجموعات <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`مراحل سير العمل للكميات التي لا يمكن حسابها في وحدات "
"<barcode/operations/quantity-ex>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98
msgid ""
"GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, "
"beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. "
"Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` auto-fills corresponding"
" data in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"قواعد GS1 هي تنسيق محدد للمعلومات الموجودة في الباركود، بدءاً بـ |AI| وتحتوي"
" على طول محدد من الأحرف. مسح باركودات GS1 ضوئياً من :ref:`قائمة GS1 "
"الافتراضية <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` يؤدي إلى "
"تعبئة البيانات المقابلة في قاعدة بيانات أودو تلقائياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
msgid ""
"Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, "
"non-standard GS1 formats."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي إضافة قواعد باركود GS1 في أودو إلى ضمان تفسير تنسيقات GS1 الفريدة وغير "
"القياسية بدقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، ابدأ بتشغيل :ref:`وضع المطور <developer-mode>` والانتقال إلى "
"قائمة :guilabel:`تسميات الباركود` في :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"التهيئة--> تسميات الباركود`. ثم حدد عنصر القائمة :guilabel:`تسمية GS1 "
"الافتراضية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
"about the product."
msgstr ""
"في صفحة :guilabel:`تسمية GS1 الافتراضية`، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إضافة "
"بند` أسفل الجدول، والذي سيقوم بفتح نافذة لإنشاء قاعدة جديدة. يُستخدم حقل "
":guilabel:`اسم القاعدة` داخلياً لتحديد ما يمثله الباركود. :guilabel:`أنواع` "
"الباركود هي تصنيفات مختلفة للمعلومات التي يمكن للنظام فهمها (مثل المنتج، "
"الكمية، تاريخ الاستهلاك قبل، العبوة، الكوبون). يمثل :guilabel:`التسلسل` "
"أولوية القاعدة؛ وهذا يعني أنه كلما كانت القيمة أصغر، ظهرت القاعدة أعلى في "
"الجدول. يتبع أودو الترتيب التسلسلي لهذا الجدول وسيستخدم القاعدة الأولى التي "
"يطابقها بناءً على التسلسل. إن :guilabel:`نمط الباركود` هو الطريقة التي يتعرف"
" بها النظام على تسلسل الحروف أو الأرقام ليحتوي على معلومات حول المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
"the table of rules."
msgstr ""
"بعد ملء المعلومات، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ وإنشاء جديد` لإنشاء قاعدة أخرى"
" أو قم بالضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ وإغلاق` للحفظ والعودة إلى جدول القواعد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
msgstr "تصحيح أخطاء الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
msgid ""
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""
"نظراً لصعوبة التعامل مع باركودات GS1، فإليك بعض عمليات التحقق التي يمكنك "
"تجربتها عندما لا يعمل الباركود كما يجب: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131
msgid ""
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"تأكد من أن إعدادات :guilabel:`تسمية الباركود` قد تم تعيينها كـ "
":menuselection:`تسمية GS1 الافتراضية`. للمزيد من التفاصيل، اذهب إلى "
":ref:`قسم إعداد التسمية <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134
msgid ""
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
msgstr ""
"تأكد من تمكين الحقول التي تم مسحها ضوئياً في الباركود في أودو. على سبيل "
"المثال، لمسح باركود يحتوي على أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية، تأكد من "
"تمكين خاصية :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` في :ref:`إعدادات "
"أودو <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` و :ref:`على المنتج "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
msgstr ""
"قم بحذف علامات الترقيم مثل الأقواس `()` أو الأقواس المربعة `[]` بين "
":abbr:`A.I. (معرف التطبيق)` وتسلسل الباركود. يتم استخدامها عادةً في الأمثلة "
"لسهولة القراءة و**لا يجب** تضمينها في الباركود النهائي. للمزيد من التفاصيل "
"حول إنشاء باركود GS1، اذهب إلى :ref:`هذا القسم <barcode/operations/create-"
"GS1-barcode>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
msgid ""
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"عندما يحتوي باركود واحد على عدة حقول مشفرة، يتطلب أودو إدراج كافة القواعد في"
" تسميات الباركود حتى يتمكن أودو من قراءة الباركود. :ref:`يوضح هذا القسم "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` كيفية إضافة قواعد جديدة في تسميات "
"الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146
msgid ""
"Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure "
"out which field is causing the issue."
msgstr ""
"قم باختبار الباركودات التي تحتوي على حقول مشفرة متعددة، قطعة تلو الأخرى، "
"لمعرفة الحقل الذي يسبب المشكلة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, "
"start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot "
"number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode."
msgstr ""
"عند اختبار باركود يحتوي على |GTIN| ورقم المجموعة والكمية، ابدأ بمسح |GTIN| "
"فقط. وبعد ذلك، قم باختبار |GTIN| مع رقم المجموعة، وأخيراً، حاول مسح الباركود"
" بالكامل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154
msgid ""
"After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` to Odoo's default list to recognize "
"GS1 barcodes with unique specifications."
msgstr ""
"بعد تشخيص الحقل المشفر على أنه غير معروف، :ref:`أضف قواعد جديدة "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` إلى قائمة أودو الافتراضية للتعرف على "
"باركود GS1 بمواصفات فريدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159
msgid ""
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
" necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted "
"correctly."
msgstr ""
"على الرغم من أنه ستتم قراءة الحقل الجديد، إلا أنه لن يتم ربط المعلومات بحقل "
"موجود في أودو دون تخصيصات المطور. ومع ذلك، فإن إضافة قواعد جديدة أمر ضروري "
"لضمان تفسير بقية الحقول في الباركود بشكل صحيح. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
msgstr "قائمة تسميات GS1 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
"final character."
msgstr ""
"يحتوي الجدول أدناه على قائمة أودو الافتراضية لقواعد GS1. تتم كتابة أنماط "
"الباركود في التعبيرات العادية. القواعد الثلاثة الأولى فقط هي التي تحتاج إلى "
"\"رقم التحقق <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>\"_ "
"باعتباره الحرف الأخير. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
msgstr "نوع محتوى GS1 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Odoo field"
msgstr "حقل أودو "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
msgstr "الكود التسلسلي لحاوية الشحن "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Numeric identifier"
msgstr "المعرّف العددي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package name"
msgstr "اسم الطرد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
msgstr "الرقم التجاري العالمي للسلعة (GTIN) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
msgstr "GTIN للعناصر التجارية المحتواة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "التعبئة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
msgstr "الشحن إلى / التوصيل إلى موقع عالمي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Destination location"
msgstr "موقع الوجهة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Source location"
msgstr "موقع المصدر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
msgstr "معرّف موقع فعلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Batch or lot number"
msgstr "رقد الدفعة أو المجموعة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
msgstr "اسم يحتوي على أحرف وأرقام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Serial number"
msgstr "الرقم التسلسلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "تاريخ التعبئة (YYMMDD) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging Date"
msgstr "تاريخ التغليف  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Date"
msgstr "التاريخ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Pack date"
msgstr "تاريخ التعبئة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "يُفضل قبل تاريخ (YYMMDD) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before Date"
msgstr "مثالي قبل تاريخ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date"
msgstr "يُفضل قبل تاريخ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية (YYMMDD) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration Date"
msgstr "تاريخ الانتهاء "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiry date"
msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Variable count of items"
msgstr "عدد متغيرات العنصر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "Quantity"
msgstr "الكمية"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "المقياس"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "UoM: Units"
msgstr "وحدة القياس: الوحدات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Count of trade items"
msgstr "عدد العناصر التجارية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
msgstr "الكمية بالوحدات للحاويات (AI 02) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
msgstr "الوزن الصافي: كيلوجرام (kg) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Qty in kg"
msgstr "الكمية بالكيلوجرام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
msgstr "الطول بالأمتار (m) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Qty in m"
msgstr "الكمية بالأمتار "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
msgstr "الحجم الصافي: اللتر (L) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Qty in L"
msgstr "الكمية باللتر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "الحجم الصافي: المتر المربع (m\\ :sup:`3`) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
msgstr "الطول بالبوصة (in) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Qty in inches"
msgstr "الكمية بالبوصة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
msgstr "الوزن/الحجم الصافي: الأونصة (oz) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Qty in oz"
msgstr "الكمية بالأونصة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "الحجم الصافي: القدم المربع (ft\\ :sup:`3`) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging type"
msgstr "نوع الطرد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging Type"
msgstr "نوع التغليف "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Package type"
msgstr "نوع الطرد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode usage"
msgstr "استخدام باركود GS1 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10
msgid ""
"GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can "
"interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized "
"globally <barcode/operations/gs1>`, allowing scanners to understand and "
"process supply chain data consistently."
msgstr ""
"تمنحك باركودات GS1 تنسيقاً قياسياً بوسع ماسحات الباركود تفسيره. إنها تقوم "
"بترميز المعلومات في :ref:`هيكل محدد متعارف عليه عالمياً "
"<barcode/operations/gs1>`، مما يتيح للماسحات الضوئية فهم ومعالجة بيانات "
"سلسلة التوريد باستمرار. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product "
"identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, "
"picking, and shipping."
msgstr ""
"يقوم تطبيق *الباركود* لدى أودو بتفسير وطباعة باركودات GS1 وأتمتة تعريف وتتبع"
" المنتجات في عمليات المستودعات كالاستلام والانتقاء والشحن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes "
"provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate "
"certain warehouse workflows."
msgstr ""
"تحتوي الأقسام التالية على أمثلة لكيفية استخدام أودو لباركودات GS1 المقدمة "
"بواسطة الشركة لتعريف عناصر المستودع المشتركة وأتمتة بعض عمليات المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique "
"Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their "
"existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also "
"provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**لا يقوم** أودو بإنشاء باركودات GS1. على الشركات شراء الرقم التجاري العالمي"
" للسلعة (GTIN) من GS1. بعد ذلك، يمكنهم دمج باركودات GS1 الموجودة مع معلومات "
"المنتج وسلسلة التوريد (مقدّم بواسطة GS1 أيضاً) لإنشاء الباركودات في أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26
msgid "`Purchase GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
msgstr "`شراء  GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature <barcode/operations/gs1>`"
msgstr ":ref:`تسمية GS1 <barcode/operations/gs1>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32
msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة الباركودات للمنتج والكمية والمجموعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its "
"quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and "
"Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:"
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء باركود GS1 يحتوي على معلومات متعلقة بالمنتج، وكمياته ورقم المجموعة، "
"يتم استخدام أنماط الباركود ومعرّفات التطبيق (A.I.) التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Name"
msgstr "الاسم"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "A.I."
msgstr "A.I. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78
msgid "Product"
msgstr "المنتج"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204
msgid "01"
msgstr "01"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
msgstr "حقل :guilabel:`الوحدات` في استمارة النقل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Lot Number"
msgstr "رقم الدفعة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
msgstr ":guilabel:`المجموعة` في النافذة المنبثقة التفصيلية للعمليات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking "
"the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` heading."
msgstr ""
"أولاً، :ref:`قم بتمكين تتبع المنتجات باستخدام المجموعات "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` عن طريق الانتقال إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، وتحديد مربع اختيار"
" :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` تحت ترويسة :guilabel:`قابلية"
" التتبع`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universally "
"recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، قم بإعداد باركود المنتج عن طريق الانتقال إلى  استمارة المنتج "
"المطلوب في :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> المنتجات` ثم تحديد"
" المنتج. اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير` في استمارة المنتج، ثم في علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`المعلومات العامة`، قم بتعبئة حقل :guilabel:`الباركود`  `بالرقم "
"التجاري العالمي للسلعة (GTIN) <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
" الفريد المكون من 14 رقم،  وهو رقم تعريف متعارف عليه عالمياً، مقدم بواسطة "
"GS1. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, "
"as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that "
"contains detailed information about the package contents."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة المنتج، قم بإخفاء |AI| `01` لنمط باكود منتج |GTIN| حيث يُستخدم "
"فقط لترميز عدة باركودات في باركود واحد يحتوي على معلومات تفصيلية حول محتويات"
" الطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72
msgid ""
"To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit "
"|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"لتسجيل باركود GS1 للمنتج `تفاح فوجي`، قم بإدخال رمز |GTIN| المكون من 14 رقم "
"`20611628936004` في حقل :guilabel:`الباركود` في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
msgstr ""
"قم بإدخال رمز |GTIN| المكون من 14 رقم في حقل الباركود في استمارة المنتج.  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80
msgid ""
"To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the "
"Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the "
":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"column, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"لعرض قائمة  *بكافة* المنتجات والباركودات المقابلة لها في قاعدة بيانات أودو، "
"انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`. تحت "
"ترويسة :guilabel:`الباركود`،  اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تهيئة باركودات "
"المنتجات` تحت قسم :guilabel:`ماسح الباركود`. قم بإدخال رمز |GTIN| المكون من "
"14 رقم في عمود :guilabel:`الباركود` ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
msgstr "قم بعرض صفحة باركودات المنتجات من إعدادات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92
msgid ""
"After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page,"
" specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to"
" the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under "
":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
msgstr ""
"بعد تفعيل خاصية التتبع حسب أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية من صفحة "
"الإعدادات، قم بتحديد أن هذه الخاصية يتم تطبيقها على كل منتج عن طريق الانتقال"
" إلى علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون` في استمارة المنتج. تحت "
":guilabel:`التتبع`، قم بتحديد زر :guilabel:`حسب المجموعات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"قم بتمكين تتبع المنتجات حسب المجموعات في علامة تبويب \"المخزون\" في استمارة "
"المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
msgstr "مسح الباركود على الإيصال "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103
msgid ""
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"لضمان تفسير المجموعات بدقة في أودو في باركودات المنتجات التي تم مسحها ضوئياً"
" أثناء عملية الاستلام، انتقل إلى تطبيق :menuselection:`الباركود` لإدارة "
":ref:`عملية استلام الشحنة المنتقاة <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
"the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs "
"(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
":guilabel:`Create` button."
msgstr ""
"من لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`مسح الباركود`، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`العمليات` ثم"
" :guilabel:`الإيصالات` لعرض قائمة بإيصالات المورّدين لمعالجتها. ستجد "
"الإيصالات التي تم إنشاؤها من :abbr:`POs (أوامر الشراء)` مدرجة، ولكن يمكن "
"إنشاء عمليات إيصالات جديدة من خلال تطبيق :menuselection:`الباركود` باستخدام "
"زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
msgstr ""
"في قائمة الإيصالات، اضغط على عملية المستودع (`WH/IN`) وقم بمسح باركودات "
"المنتج والأرقام التسلسلية بواسطة ماسح الباركود. سيظهر المنتج الذي تم مسحه "
"ضوئياً عندها في القائمة. استخدم زر :guilabel:`✏️ (قلم الرصاص)` لفتح نافذة "
"وإدخال الكميات يدوياً لأرقام مجموعات محددة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118
msgid ""
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to "
"the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"بعد إنشاء :abbr:`PO (أمر شراء)` لخمسين تفاحة، انتقل إلى الإيصال ذي الصلة في "
"تطبيق *الباركود*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For "
"testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty "
"Fuji apples in Lot 2."
msgstr ""
"قم بمسح الباركود الذي يحتوي على |GTIN|، الكمية، ورقم المجموعة. بالنسبة "
"للاختبار بواسطة ماسح الباركود، ستجد أدناه مثالاً على باركود لخمسين تفاحة "
"فوجي في المجموعة 2. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129
msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002"
msgstr "50 تفاح فوجي في المجموعة Lot0002 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200
msgid "2D Matrix"
msgstr "مصفوفة ثنائية الأبعاد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number."
msgstr ""
"مصفوفة ثنائية الأبعاد لباركود GS1 لـ 50 تفاحة فوجي مع رقم مجموعة محدد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203
msgid "|AI| (product)"
msgstr "|AI| (المنتج) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205
msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)"
msgstr "باركود GS1 (منتج) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137
msgid "20611628936004"
msgstr "20611628936004"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138
msgid "|AI| (quantity)"
msgstr "|AI| (الكمية) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209
msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)"
msgstr "باركود GS1 (الكمية) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141
msgid "00000050"
msgstr "00000050"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142
msgid "|AI| (lot)"
msgstr "|AI| (المجموعة) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144
msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)"
msgstr "باركود GS1 (رقم المجموعة) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211
msgid "Full GS1 barcode"
msgstr "باركود GS1 الكامل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147
msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"
msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button to complete the reception."
msgstr ""
":ref:`إذا كانت التهيئة صحيحة <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`، سيتم عرض"
" `50/50` من :guilabel:`الوحدات` التي تمت معالجتها، وسيتحول زر "
":guilabel:`تصديق` إلى اللون الأخضر. اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تصديق` لإكمال "
"عملية الاستلام. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
"*Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"قم بمسح الباركود لمنتج في صفحة استلام البضاعة التي تم انتقاؤها، في تطبيق "
"*الباركود*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160
msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة الباركود للمنتجات والكميات التي ليست لها وحدات قياس "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
"used:"
msgstr ""
"لبناء باركود GS1 يحتوي على المنتجات التي تم قياسها بكميات ليست عبارة عن "
"وحدة، مثل الكيلوجرام، على سبيل المثال، يتم استخدام أنماط الباركود التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
msgstr "الكمية بالكيلوجرام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "310[0-5]"
msgstr "310[0-5]"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178
msgid ""
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
msgstr ""
"لتأكيد أن الكميات قد تم تفسيرها بشكل صحيح في أودو،  قم بإنشاء أمر في تطبيق "
"*المشتريات* باستخدام وحدة القياس الملائمة (:guilabel:`UoM`) لكمية المنتجات "
"التي يجب شراؤها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183
msgid ""
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`قم بتبسيط تحويلات وحدات الموردين باستخدام وحدات القياس "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186
msgid ""
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"بعد إنشاء الطلب، انتقل إلى تطبيق :menuselection:`الباركود` لـ :ref:`استلام "
"شحنة المورّد <barcode/operations/scan-received-products>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
"peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of "
"peaches in kilograms."
msgstr ""
"في الإيصال الموجود في تطبيق *الباركود*، قم باستلام طلبية لـ `52.1 kg` من "
"الخوخ عن طريق مسح الباركود الذي يحتوي على |GTIN| وكمية الخوخ بالكيلوجرام. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198
msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches"
msgstr "52.1 kg من الخوخ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "مصفوفة ثنائية الأبعاد لباركود GS1 لـ 52.1 kg من الخوخ. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206
msgid "00614141000012"
msgstr "00614141000012"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207
msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)"
msgstr "|AI| (kg، نقطة عشرية واحدة 1) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208
msgid "3101"
msgstr "3101"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210
msgid "000521"
msgstr "000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212
msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521"
msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`"
" button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"validation."
msgstr ""
":ref:`إذا كانت التهيئة صحيحة <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`، سيتم عرض"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` وسيتحول لون زر :guilabel:`تصديق` إلى اللون "
"الأخضر. وأخيراً، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تصديق` لإكمال عملية التصديق. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
msgstr "قم بمسح شاشة الباركود لعملية الاستلام في تطبيق الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223
msgid "Verify product moves"
msgstr "التحقق من حركة المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225
msgid ""
"For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also "
"recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`."
msgstr ""
"للتحقق بشكل أكبر، يتم أيضاً تسجيل كميات المنتجات التي تم استلامها في تقرير "
":guilabel:`حركات المنتج`، والذي يمكن الوصول إله عن طريق الذهاب إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> إعداد التقارير --> حركات المنتج`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229
msgid ""
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""
"يتم تجميع العناصر في تقرير :guilabel:`حركات المنتج` حسب المنتج بشكل افتراضي."
" لتأكيد الكميات المستلمة، اضغط علىبند منتج لفتح القائمة المنسدلة القابلة "
"للتصغير، والتي تعرض قائمة تحتوي على *بنود حركة المخزون* الخاصة بالمنتج. "
"تطابق آخر حركة مخزون الرقم المرجعي لاستلام المستودع (مثال: `WH/IN/00013`) "
"والكمية التي تمت معالجتها عند مسح الباركود، لتوضيح أن السجلات التي قد تمت "
"معالجتها في تطبيق *الباركود* قد تم تخزينها بشكل صحيح في *المخزون*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "سجل استلام حركة المخزون لـ 52.1 كجم من الخوخ. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes"
msgstr "قم بمعالجة عمليات الاستلام والتوصيل باستخدام الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other "
"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile "
"app."
msgstr ""
"يمكن استخدام تطبيق *الباركود* لمعالجة عمليات الاستلام وعمليات التوصيل وأنواع"
" العمليات الأخرى في الوقت الفعلي باستخدام ماسح الباركود أو تطبيق أودو على "
"الهاتف المحمول. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when "
"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a "
"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute "
"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more."
msgstr ""
"يجعل ذلك من الأمر ممكناً لمعالجة العمليات في في شاشة المستودع عند حدوثها، "
"عوضاً عن الانتظار لتصديق الشحنات من جهاز الحاسوب. يمكن أن تساعد عملية معالجة"
" العمليات بهذه الطريقة على تخصيص الباركودات للمنتجات المناسبة وعمليات "
"الانتقاء والمواقع والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by "
"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""
"حتى تتمكن من استخدام تطبيق *الباركود* لمعالجة الشحنات، يجب أن يتم تثبيته عن "
"طريق تمكين الخاصية من إعدادات تطبيق *المخزون*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"الإعدادات`. بعد ذلك، قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`الباركود`، ثم اضغط"
" على مربع الاختبار بجانب خاصية :guilabel:`ماسح الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد قمت بتحديث الصفحة، ستكون هناك خيارات جديدة معروضة تحت خاصية "
":guilabel:`ماسح الباركود`: :guilabel:`تسميات الباركود` (مع قائمة منسدلة "
"مقابِلة)، حيث يمكن تحديد إما :guilabel:`التسمية الافتراضية` أو "
":guilabel:`تسمية GS1 الافتراضية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a "
"barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"يوجد أيضاً سهم رابط داخلي لـ :guilabel:`تهيئة باركودات المنتج`، ومجموعة من "
"أزرار :guilabel:`الطباعة` لطباعة أوامر الباركود وورقة تجربة الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36
msgid ""
"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to"
" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and "
":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation "
"pages."
msgstr ""
"للمزيد من المعلومات حول تهيئة وضبط إعدادات تطبيق :guilabel:`الباركود`، ألقِ "
"نظرة على صفحات الوثائق التالية: :doc:`إعداد ماسح الباركود "
"<../setup/hardware>` و :doc:`تفعيل الباركودات في أودو <../setup/software>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44
msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts"
msgstr "مسح الباركودات لعمليات الاستلام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46
msgid ""
"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be"
" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة عمليات استلام المنتجات الواردة إلى المستودع، يجب أن يكون الأول عبارة"
" عن أمر شراء (PO) تم إنشاؤه وعملية إيصال لمعالجتها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for "
"quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`PO (أمر شراء)`، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المشتريات --> "
"إنشاء` لإنشاء طلب عرض سعر جديد (RFQ). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down"
" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"من استمارة :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض السعر)` الفارغة، اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة "
"بجانب حقل :guilabel:`المورّد` لإضافة مورّد. بعد ذلك، في بند "
":guilabel:`المنتج` تحت علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المنتجات`، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`إضافة منتج`، ثم قم بتحديد المنتج(ات) التي ترغب بإضافتها إلى عرض "
"السعر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`"
" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"عندما يكون جاهزاً، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` في أعلى الاستمارة، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب` لتأكيد :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض السعر)` ليصبح :abbr:`PO "
"(أمر شراء)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product."
msgstr "أمر الشراء المكتمل لمنتج الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة ومسح الباركودات لعمليات استلام المستودع، انتقل إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This "
"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد الدخول إلى :guilabel:`تطبيق الباركود`، يتم عرض شاشة :guilabel:`مسح "
"الباركود` والتي تعرض خيارات مختلفة. لمعالجة عمليات الاستلام، اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`العمليات` الموجود أسفل الشاشة. يأخذك ذلك إلى صفحة تُظهِر نظرة "
"عامة على :menuselection:`العمليات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, "
"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the "
"barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الصفحة، حدد موقع بطاقة :guilabel:`الإيصالات`، ثم اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`عدد الإيصالات بانتظار المعالجة` لعرض كافة الإيصالات المستحقة. ثم "
"حدد عملية الاستلام المطلوبة لمعالجتها. يأخذك ذلك إلى شاشة نقل الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79
msgid ""
"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for "
"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be "
"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing "
"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as "
"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed "
"with the stock moves."
msgstr ""
"في حالة استخدام ماسح الباركود أو تطبيق أودو على الهاتف المحمول *فقط*، يمكن "
"مسح الباركود لكل عملية نقل لنوع العملية المقابل لتتم معالجتها بسهولة. بمجرد "
"أن قد تك مسحها، يمكن مسح المنتجات التي تشكل جزءاً من عملية نقل حالية، كما "
"يمكن إضافة منتجات جديدة إلى عملية النقل أيضاً. بمجرد أن قد تم مسك كافة "
"المنتجات ضوئياً، قم بتصديق الشحنة لمتابعة تحركات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are "
"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if "
"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should"
" be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم عرض نظرة عامة على كافة الإيصالات المطلوب معالجتها ضمن هذه"
" الشحنة (**WH/IN/000XX**). في الجزء السفلي من الشاشة، توجد خيارات لـ "
":guilabel:`إضافة منتج` أو :guilabel:`تصديقه`، بناءً على ما إذا كانت المنتجات"
" بحاجة إلى إضافتها إلى العملية، أو إذا كان يجب تصديق العملية بأكملها مرة "
"واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan."
msgstr "نظرة عامة على الإيصالات في الشحنة لمسحها ضوئياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be "
"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon "
"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة كل منتج ومسحه ضوئياً على حدة، قم باختيار بند منتج محدد. يمكن الضغط "
"على زر :guilabel:`+#` (في هذه الحالة، :guilabel:`+10`) للإشارة إلى استلام "
"هذا المنتج، أو يمكن الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`القلم` لفتح شاشة جديدة "
"لتحرير بند المنتج هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم إدراج المنتج الذي تم استلامه. تحت اسم المنتج، يمكن تحرير "
"بند :guilabel:`الكمية`. إما قم بتغيير `0` في البند إلى الكمية المطلوبة، أو "
"ضفط على زر :guilabel:`/عدد الوحدات` (في هذه الحالة، :guilabel:`/10 وحدات`) "
"لملء الكمية المطلوبة تلقائياً من :abbr :`PO (أمر الشراء)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104
msgid ""
"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode "
"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the "
":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of "
"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the "
":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities."
msgstr ""
"في عملية استلام `WH/IN/00019`، من المتوقع استلام `10 وحدات' من `منتج "
"الباركود`. `[BARCODE_PROD]` هو :guilabel:`المرجع الداخلي` المعين في استمارة "
"المنتج. قم بمسح الباركود الخاص بـ \"منتج الباركود\" لاستلام وحدة واحدة. بعد "
"ذلك، اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`القلم` لإدخال الكميات المستلمة يدوياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app."
msgstr "أداة تحرير بند المنتج للشحن الفردي في تطبيق الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` "
"can be used to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""
"إضافة إلى ذلك، يمكن الضغط على الأزرار :guilabel:`+1` و :guilabel:`-1` لإضافة"
" أو طرح كمية من المنتج، ويمكن استخدام :guilabel:`مفاتيح الأرقام` لإضافة "
"الكمية أيضاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the "
"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional "
"locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"أسفل :guilabel:`مفاتيح الأرقام` يوجد بند :guilabel:`الموقع`، الذي يقرأ "
"`WH/Stock` بشكل افتراضي، إلا إذا تم إدراج *موقع* آخر على المنتج نفسه. اضغط "
"على هذا البند لإظهار قائمة منسدلة بالمواقع الإضافية للاختيار من بينها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the "
"product line."
msgstr ""
"عندما يُصبح جاهزاً، اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد` لتأكيد التغييرات التي تم "
"إجراؤها على المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be "
"closed out."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، من صفحة النظرة العامة التي تحتوي على كافة الإيصالات المراد معالجتها"
" ضمن هذه الشحنة (**WH/IN/000XX**)، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`+#` الموجود على "
"بند المنتج للمنتجات التي يتم استلامها، ثم اضغط على :guilabel :`تصديق`. تمت "
"الآن معالجة الإيصال، ويمكن إغلاق :guilabel:`تطبيق الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate."
msgstr "نظرة عامة على الإيصالات في الشحنة لتصديقها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132
msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders"
msgstr "قم بمسح الباركودات لأوامر التوصيل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134
msgid ""
"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to "
"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة عمليات توصيل المستودعات للمنتجات الصادرة، يجب أولاً إنشاء أمر مبيعات"
" (SO) وعملية توصيل لمعالجتها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app --> Create` to create a new quotation."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`SO (أمر بيع)`، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المبيعات --> "
"إنشاء` لإنشاء عرض سعر جديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140
msgid ""
"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"من استمارة عرض السعر الفارغ، اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة بجوار الحقل "
":guilabel:`العميل` لإضافة عميل. بعد ذلك، في بند :guilabel:`المنتج` ضمن علامة"
" تبويب :guilabel:`بنود الطلب`، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة منتج`، وحدد المنتج "
"(المنتجات) المطلوبة لإضافتها إلى عرض السعر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales "
"order)`."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يُصبح جاهزاً، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` في الجزء العلوي من "
"الاستمارة، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب` لتأكيد عرض السعر ليصبح "
":abbr:`SO (أمر بيع)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product."
msgstr "تم إكمال أمر البيع لمنتج الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة ومسح الباركودات لعمليات التوصيل الخاصة بالمستودع، انتقل إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, "
"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This"
" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد الدخول إلى :guilabel:`تطبيق الباركود`، يتم عرض شاشة :guilabel:`مسح "
"الباركود` والتي تعرض خيارات مختلفة. لمعالجة عمليات التوصيل، اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`العمليات` الموجود أسفل الشاشة. يأخذك ذلك إلى صفحة تُظهِر نظرة "
"عامة على :guilabel:`العمليات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, "
"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode "
"transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الصفحة، حدد موقع بطاقة :guilabel:`أوامر التوصيل`، واضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`عدد أوامر التوصيل بانتظار المعالجة` لعرض كافة عمليات التوصيل "
"المعلقة. بعد ذلك، قم بتحديد أمر التوصيل المطلوب معالجته. يأخذك ذلك إلى "
"الانتقال إلى شاشة نقل الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard."
msgstr "صفحة النظرة العامة على العمليات في لوحة بيانات تطبيق الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are"
" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if"
" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation "
"should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم عرض نظرة عامة على كافة عمليات الاستلام المطلوب معالجتها "
"ضمن هذه الشحنة (**WH/OUT/000XX**). في الجزء السفلي من الشاشة، توجد خيارات لـ"
" :guilabel:`إضافة منتج` أو :guilabel:`تصديقه`، بناءً على ما إذا كانت "
"المنتجات بحاجة إلى إضافتها إلى العملية، أو إذا كان يجب تصديق العملية بأكملها"
" مرة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that "
"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen "
"to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة كل منتج ومسحه ضوئياً على حدة، قم باختيار بند منتج محدد. يمكن الضغط "
"على زر :guilabel:`+1` للإشارة إلى أنه قد تم توصيل هذا المنتج، أو يمكن الضغط "
"على زر :guilabel:`أيقونة القلم` لفتح شاشة جديدة لتحرير بند المنتج هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم إدراج المنتج الذي يتم توصيله. تحت اسم المنتج، يمكن تحرير "
"بند :guilabel:`الكمية`. إما قم بتغيير `0` في البند إلى الكمية المطلوبة، أو "
"اضغط على زر :guilabel:`/عدد الوحدات` (في هذه الحالة، :guilabel:`/10 وحدات`) "
"لتعبئة الكمية المطلوبة تلقائياً من :abbr :`SO (أمر البيع)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the "
"product itself."
msgstr ""
"أسفل :guilabel:`مفتاتيح الأرقام` يوجد بند :guilabel:`الموقع`، الذي يقرأ "
"`WH/Stock` بشكل افتراضي، ما لم يتم إدراج موقع آخر على المنتج نفسه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185
msgid ""
"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. "
"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose"
" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)."
msgstr ""
"هذا هو الموقع الذي يتم سحب المنتج منه لتوصيله. اضغط على هذا البند لإظهار "
"قائمة منسدلة بالمواقع الإضافية للاختيار من بينها (إذا كان هذا المنتج مخزناً "
"في مواقع متعددة في المستودع). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190
msgid ""
"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway "
"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various "
"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة للمستودعات التي تحتوي على عدة مواقع تخزين مختلفة وقواعد تخزين "
"واستراتيجيات إزالة، يمكن إضافة خطوات إضافية لأنواع العمليات المختلفة، أثناء "
"استخدام تطبيق *الباركود*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، من صفحة النظرة العامة التي تحتوي على كافة الإيصالات بانتظار "
"المعالجة في هذه الشحنة (**WH/OUT/000XX**)، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`+#` "
"الموجود على بند المنتج، للمنتجات التي يتم استلامها، ثم اضغط على :guilabel "
":`تصديق`. تمت معالجة التسليم الآن، ويمكن إغلاق تطبيق *الباركود*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate."
msgstr "نظرة عامة على عمليات التوصيل في الشحنة بانتظار تصديقها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes"
msgstr "قم بإنشاء ومعالجة الشحنات باستخدام الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of"
" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial "
"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-"
"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""
"يمكن استخدام تطبيق *الباركود* لمعالجة الشحنات الداخلية لكافة أنواع المنتجات،"
" بما في ذلك شحنات المنتجات التي يتم تتبعها باستخدام أرقام المجموعات أو "
"الأرقام التسلسلية. يمكن إنشاء الشحنات من الصفر في الوقت الفعلي باستخدام ماسح"
" الباركود المتوافق مع أودو أو تطبيق أودو على الهاتف المحمول. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"للحصول على قائمة بالماسحات الضوئية المحمولة للرموز الشريطية المتوافقة مع "
"Odoo، والأجهزة الأخرى لتطبيق *Inventory*، راجع `Odoo Inventory • صفحة "
"الأجهزة <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24
msgid ""
"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The "
"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"عندما يتم تحديث الصفحة، يتم عرض خيارات جديدة ضمن ميزة :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner`: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (مع القائمة المنسدلة المقابلة)، "
"حيث إما :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` أو :guilabel : يمكن تحديد تسمية GS1"
" الافتراضية. تغير التسمية المحددة كيفية تفسير الماسحات الضوئية للرموز "
"الشريطية في Odoo. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers"
msgstr "قم بمسح الباركودات للتحركات الداخلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features "
"**must** be enabled."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء عمليات نقل داخلية للمنتجات في أحد المستودعات ومعالجتها، يجب تمكين "
"الميزتين :guilabel:`مواقع التخزين` و :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة الخطوات` **."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click"
" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التكوين --> "
"الإعدادات`. بعد ذلك، قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`المستودع`، وانقر "
"على مربعات الاختيار بجوار :guilabel:`مواقع التخزين` و :guilabel:`مسارات "
"متعددة الخطوات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes."
msgstr "بعد ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` في أعلى الصفحة لحفظ التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "إنشاء عملية نقل داخلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55
msgid ""
"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal "
"transfer created, and an operation to process."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة عمليات النقل الداخلية الحالية، يجب أولاً إنشاء عملية نقل داخلية "
"وعملية للمعالجة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To "
"Process` button."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء تحويل داخلي، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`Inventory app`. من لوحة "
"المعلومات :guilabel:`نظرة عامة على المخزون`، حدد موقع بطاقة "
":guilabel:`التحويلات الداخلية`، وانقر على الزر :guilabel:`0 للمعالجة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This "
"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form."
msgstr ""
"ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`إنشاء` في الجزء العلوي الأيسر من الصفحة الناتجة. يؤدي"
" هذا إلى الانتقال إلى نموذج :guilabel:`النقل الداخلي` الجديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65
msgid ""
"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed "
"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations "
"the products are being moved from, and moved to."
msgstr ""
"في هذا النموذج الفارغ، يتم إدراج :guilabel:`نوع العملية` تلقائيًا على النحو "
"التالي:guilabel:`التحويلات الداخلية`. ضمن هذا الحقل، يتم تعيين "
":guilabel:`Source Location` و :guilabel:`Destination Location` كـ "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` بشكل افتراضي، ولكن يمكن تغييرها إلى أي موقع يتم نقل "
"المنتجات منه ونقلها ل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location."
msgstr "عملية نقل داخلية من موقع المصدر إلى الموقع المستهدف. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the "
"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` "
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to "
"add to the transfer."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد تحديد المواقع المطلوبة، يمكن إضافة المنتجات إلى عملية النقل. في سطر "
":guilabel:`المنتج` ضمن علامة التبويب:guilabel:`المنتجات`، انقر فوق "
":guilabel:`إضافة منتج`، وحدد المنتج (المنتجات) المطلوبة لإضافتها إلى عملية "
"النقل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new "
"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open "
"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن تصبح جاهزًا، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Save` في الجزء العلوي من النموذج "
"لحفظ النقل الداخلي الجديد. بمجرد الحفظ، انقر فوق أيقونة :guilabel:`العمليات "
"التفصيلية` (أربعة أسطر، في أقصى يمين سطر :guilabel:`المنتج`) لفتح النافذة "
"المنبثقة :guilabel:`العمليات التفصيلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window."
msgstr "النافذة المنبثقة للعمليات التفصيلية للنقل الداخلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86
msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr "من النافذة المنبثقة، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be "
"moved."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، في العمود :guilabel:`To`، قم بتغيير الموقع من :guilabel:`WH/Stock` "
"إلى موقع مختلف، حيث يجب نقل المنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired "
"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the"
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، في العمود :guilabel:`Done`، قم بتغيير الكمية إلى الكمية المطلوبة "
"لنقلها. بمجرد أن تصبح جاهزًا، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Confirm` لإغلاق النافذة "
"المنبثقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer"
msgstr "قم بمسح الباركودات للنقل الداخلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة ومسح الباركودات لعمليات النقل الداخلية الخاصة بالمستودع، انتقل إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق الباركود`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد الدخول إلى :guilabel:`تطبيق الباركود`، يتم عرض شاشة :guilabel:`مسح "
"الباركود` التي تعرض خيارات مختلفة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at"
" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` "
"overview page."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة التحويلات الداخلية، انقر فوق الزر :guilabel:`العمليات` الموجود أسفل "
"الشاشة. يؤدي هذا إلى الانتقال إلى صفحة نظرة عامة على "
":menuselection:`Operations`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click "
"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal "
"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to "
"the barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الصفحة، حدد موقع بطاقة :guilabel:`التحويلات الداخلية`، وانقر فوق الزر"
" :guilabel:`# للمعالجة` لعرض جميع التحويلات الداخلية المعلقة. ثم حدد العملية"
" المطلوبة للمعالجة. يؤدي هذا إلى الانتقال إلى شاشة نقل الرمز الشريطي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114
msgid ""
"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using "
"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of"
" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily."
msgstr ""
"عند استخدام تطبيق *Barcode* بدون تطبيق *Inventory* (**فقط** في حالة استخدام "
"ماسح الرمز الشريطي أو تطبيق Odoo للهاتف المحمول)، يمكن مسح الرموز الشريطية "
"لكل عملية نقل لنوع العملية المقابل لتتم معالجتها بسهولة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be "
"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all "
"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock "
"moves."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد الفحص، يمكن فحص المنتجات التي تشكل جزءًا من عملية نقل حالية، كما يمكن "
"إضافة منتجات جديدة إلى عملية النقل أيضًا. بمجرد فحص جميع المنتجات، قم "
"بالتحقق من صحة النقل لمتابعة تحركات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the"
" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or "
":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the "
"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم عرض نظرة عامة على جميع المنتجات المراد معالجتها ضمن هذا "
"النقل الداخلي المحدد (**WH/INT/000XX**). في الجزء السفلي من الشاشة، توجد "
"خيارات لـ :guilabel:`إضافة منتج` أو :guilabel:`التحقق من الصحة`، اعتمادًا "
"على ما إذا كانت المنتجات بحاجة إلى إضافتها إلى العملية، أو إذا كان يجب "
"التحقق من صحة العملية بأكملها مرة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer."
msgstr "ثم قم بمسح الباركود الخاص بالمنتج لإجراء عملية النقل الداخلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133
msgid ""
"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product"
" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity "
"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be "
"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"أو، لمعالجة كل منتج ومسحه ضوئيًا على حدة، اختر خط إنتاج محددًا. يمكن النقر "
"على زر :guilabel:`+ 1` لإضافة كمية إضافية من هذا المنتج إلى عملية النقل، أو "
"يمكن النقر على :guilabel:`رمز القلم الرصاص` لفتح شاشة جديدة لتحرير خط "
"الإنتاج هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is "
"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to "
"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""
"في النافذة المنبثقة للمنتج، يتم عرض المنتج والوحدات المراد معالجتها بلوحة "
"أرقام. تحت اسم المنتج، يمكن تحرير السطر :guilabel:`Quantity`. تغيير الرقم "
"الموجود في السطر إلى الكمية المذكورة المراد تحويلها في نموذج التحويل "
"الداخلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142
msgid ""
"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the "
"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. "
"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product "
"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. "
"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the "
"transferred quantities."
msgstr ""
"في عملية النقل الداخلي `WH/INT/000XX`، يتم نقل `50 وحدة` من `منتج النقل` من "
"`WH/Stock` إلى `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. `[TRANSFER_PROD]` هو :guilabel:`المرجع "
"الداخلي` المعين في نموذج المنتج. قم بمسح الباركود الخاص بـ \"نقل المنتج\" "
"لتحصل على وحدة واحدة. بعد ذلك، انقر فوق :guilabel:`رمز القلم الرصاص` لإدخال "
"الكميات المنقولة يدويًا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used "
"to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""
"إضافة إلى ذلك، يمكن الضغط على الأزرار :guilabel:`+1` و :guilabel:`-1` لإضافة"
" أو طرح كمية من المنتج، ويمكن استخدام مفاتيح الأرقام` لإضافة الكمية أيضاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read "
"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form,"
" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal"
" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"يوجد أسفل مفاتيح الأرقام سطران :guilabel:`location`، اللذان يقرأان المواقع "
"التي تم تحديدها مسبقًا في نموذج النقل الداخلي، في هذه الحالة `WH/Stock` "
"و`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. انقر على هذه السطور لتظهر قائمة منسدلة تضم مواقع إضافية"
" للاختيار من بينها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now"
" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، من صفحة النظرة العامة التي تحتوي على كافة المنتجات المطلوب معالجتها"
" ضمن هذا النقل (**WH/INT/000XX**)، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Validate`. تمت الآن "
"معالجة الإيصال، ويمكن إغلاق تطبيق *Barcode*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers "
"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أيضًا استخدام تطبيق *Barcode* لمسح المنتجات ضوئيًا في عمليات النقل "
"الداخلية التي تحتوي على أرقام دفعة فريدة وأرقام تسلسلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168
msgid ""
"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial "
"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the "
"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is "
"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the "
"barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
"من شاشة نقل الباركود، قم بمسح الباركود الخاص بالدفعة أو الرقم التسلسلي، "
"وسيعمل Odoo تلقائيًا على زيادة كمية المنتج إلى الكمية المسجلة في قاعدة "
"البيانات. إذا تمت مشاركة نفس الدفعة أو الرقم التسلسلي بين منتجات مختلفة، فقم"
" بمسح الرمز الشريطي للمنتج أولاً، ثم الرمز الشريطي الخاص بالدفعة/الرقم "
"التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174
msgid "Create a transfer from scratch"
msgstr "أنشئ شحنة من الصفر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176
msgid ""
"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-"
"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create "
"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode."
msgstr ""
"بالإضافة إلى معالجة الرموز الشريطية ومسحها ضوئيًا لعمليات النقل الداخلية "
"الحالية التي تم إنشاؤها مسبقًا، يمكن أيضًا استخدام تطبيق *Barcode* لإنشاء "
"عمليات نقل من البداية، وذلك ببساطة عن طريق مسح الرمز الشريطي المطبوع لنوع "
"العملية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes "
"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
"يوفر تطبيق *الباركود* الخاص بـ Odoo بيانات تجريبية مع الرموز الشريطية "
"لاستكشاف ميزات التطبيق. يمكن استخدامها لأغراض الاختبار، ويمكن طباعتها من "
"الشاشة الرئيسية للتطبيق. للوصول إلى هذه البيانات التجريبية، انتقل إلى "
":menuselection:`Barcode app` وانقر على:guilabel:`stock barcodesheet` (بالخط "
"العريض والمظلل باللون الأزرق) في نافذة المعلومات المنبثقة أعلى الماسح "
"الضوئي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191
msgid ""
"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside "
"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying "
"different options is presented."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، انتقل أولاً إلى :menuselection:`Barcode app`. بمجرد الدخول إلى "
"تطبيق *Barcode*، يتم عرض شاشة :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` التي تعرض خيارات "
"مختلفة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194
msgid ""
"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly "
"scan the product barcode."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، عند استخدام ماسح باركود USB أو بلوتوث، قم بمسح الرمز الشريطي "
"للمنتج مباشرة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196
msgid ""
"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to "
"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This "
"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of"
" the device being used."
msgstr ""
"عند استخدام هاتف ذكي كماسح ضوئي للرموز الشريطية، انقر فوق الزر :guilabel: "
"`اضغط للمسح الضوئي` (بجوار أيقونة الكاميرا، في منتصف الشاشة). يؤدي هذا إلى "
"فتح شاشة منبثقة :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` تمكن كاميرا الجهاز المستخدم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200
msgid ""
"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing "
"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"وجه الكاميرا نحو الرمز الشريطي لنوع العملية المطبوعة لمسحه ضوئيًا. يؤدي "
"القيام بذلك إلى معالجة الرمز الشريطي، والانتقال إلى شاشة نقل الرمز الشريطي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new "
"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products "
"listed on the page."
msgstr ""
"من هذه الشاشة، يتم عرض نظرة عامة على جميع المنتجات المراد معالجتها ضمن هذا "
"النقل الداخلي المحدد (**WH/INT/000XX**). ونظرًا لأن هذا نقل جديد تم إنشاؤه "
"من الصفر، فلا ينبغي أن يكون هناك أي منتجات مدرجة في الصفحة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207
msgid ""
"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, "
"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add "
"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and "
"product quantities that should be transferred."
msgstr ""
"لإضافة المنتجات، قم بمسح الرمز الشريطي للمنتج. في حالة عدم توفر الباركود، قم"
" بإدخال المنتج يدويًا إلى النظام من خلال الضغط على زر :guilabel:`إضافة منتج`"
" الموجود أسفل الشاشة، وإضافة المنتجات وكميات المنتجات التي يجب نقلها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal "
"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، من صفحة النظرة العامة التي تحتوي على كافة المنتجات المطلوب معالجتها"
" في هذه الشحنة (**WH/INT/000XX**)، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تصديق`. وبذلك، "
"تكون قد تمت عملية معالجة النقل الداخلي، ويمكن إغلاق تطبيق *الباركود*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "الضبط "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr "قم بإعداد ماسح الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
msgid ""
"Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with "
"Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps."
msgstr ""
"اتبع هذا الدليل لاختيار وإعداد ماسح باركود متوافق مع تطبيقي *المخزون* "
"و*الباركود* لدى أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner."
msgstr "صورة لمثال على ماسح الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17
msgid "Scanner types"
msgstr "أنواع ماسحات الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which "
"scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main "
"types, each with their own benefits and use cases:"
msgstr ""
"قبل إعداد ماسح الباركود الضوئي، من المهم تحديد نوع الماسح الضوئي الذي يلبي "
"احتياجات العمل بشكل أفضل. هناك ثلاثة أنواع رئيسية، ولكل منها فوائدها وحالات "
"الاستخدام الخاصة بها: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22
msgid ""
"**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for "
"businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a"
" grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the "
"keyboard layout of the computer."
msgstr ""
"تكون **ماسحات الباركود التي تعمل عبر USB** متصلة بجهاز حاسوب، وهي مناسبة "
"للأنشطة التجارية التي تقوم بمسح المنتجات ضوئياً في مواقع ثابتة، مثل عند "
"الدفع في متجر بقالة. تأكد من أن الماسح الضوئي USB الذي تم اختياره متوافق مع "
"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح للحاسوب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26
msgid ""
"**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an "
"ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, "
"Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle "
"operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices."
msgstr ""
"تقترن **ماسحات الباركود التي تعمل بتقنية Bluetooth** بالهواتف الذكية أو "
"الأجهزة اللوحية، مما يجعلها خياراً مثالياً وقليل التكلفة لماسحات الباركود "
"المحمولة. في هذا السيناريو، يتم تثبيت أودو على الهاتف الذكي، مما يتيح لمشغلي"
" المستودعات التعامل مع العمليات والتحقق من المخزون مباشرة من خلال أجهزتهم "
"المحمولة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30
msgid ""
"**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode "
"scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. "
"Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows"
" OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the"
" variety of available models and configurations."
msgstr ""
"**الماسحات الضوئية للكمبيوتر المحمول** هي أجهزة محمولة تحتوي على ماسح باركود"
" مدمج. عليك التأكد أولاً من قدرة الجهاز على تشغيل تطبيق أودو على الهاتف "
"المحمول بشكل صحيح. من المفترض أن تعمل الطرازات الحديثة التي تستخدم نظام "
"Android مع متصفح Google Chrome، أو نظام Windows مع Microsoft Edge. ومع ذلك، "
"يعد الاختبار أمراً بالغ الأهمية نظراً لتنوع النماذج والتهيئات المتاحة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36
msgid ""
"`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr ""
"`الأجهزة المتوافقة مع تطبيق المخزون لدى أودو "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41
msgid ""
"When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations "
"are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo."
msgstr ""
"عند إعداد ماسح الباركود، تأكد من صحة التهيئات التالية حتى يتمكن ماسح "
"الباركود من تفسير الباركودات بشكل صحيح باستخدام أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
msgid ""
"When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the "
"operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. "
"Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), "
"with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use."
msgstr ""
"عند استخدام ماسح باركود يعمل باستخدام USB، قم بمطابقة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح "
"الخاصة به مع تخطيط نظام التشغيل للحصول على تفسير صحيح للأحرف. بشكل عام، يجب "
"ضبط وضع المسح لقبول لوحة مفاتيح USB (HID)، مع تعيين اللغة بناءً على لوحة "
"المفاتيح المستخدمة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard "
"wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual."
msgstr ""
"لتهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح لماسح الباركود من نوع **Zebra**، قم بمسح الباركود"
" للوحة المفاتيح بحثاً عن اللغة المطلوبة في دليل مستخدم ماسح الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout."
msgstr "مثال على دليل المستخدم لتخطيط لوحة المفاتيح. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid ""
"Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual."
msgstr "أمثلة على إعدادات لغة لوحة المفاتيح في دليل مستخدم Zebra Scanner. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental"
" double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include"
" a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)"
" after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the "
"barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one."
msgstr ""
"لدى أودو مدة توقف افتراضية قدرها 100 مللي ثانية بين عمليات المسح لمنع المسح "
"المزدوج غير المقصود. للمزامنة مع ماسح الباركود، قم بإعداده ليتضمن *إرجاع "
"الخرطوشة* (:dfn:`حرف مثل مفتاح \"Enter\" على لوحة المفاتيح`) بعد كل عملية "
"مسح. يفسر أودو عملية إرجاع الخرطوشة على أنها نهاية مدخلات الباركود؛ لذلك "
"يقبل أودو المسح الضوئي، وينتظر المسح التالي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67
msgid ""
"Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure "
"it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix"
" ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`."
msgstr ""
"في الماسح الضوئي عادة، تكون عملية إرجاع الخرطوشة مشمولة بشكل افتراضي. تأكد "
"من أنه قد تم إعدادها عن طريق مسح باركود محدد في دليل المستخدِم، مثل `CR "
"suffix ON` أو `Apply Enter for suffix`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71
msgid "Zebra scanner"
msgstr "Zebra scanner"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73
msgid ""
"When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are"
" set to prevent errors."
msgstr ""
"عند استخدام الماسحات الضوئية من نوع Zebra، تأكد من أن تهيئات المفاتيح "
"التالية قد تم إعدادها لمنع الأخطاء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75
msgid ""
"Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On"
" the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to "
"access the Zebra scanner's settings."
msgstr ""
"ابدأ في الشاشة الرئيسية لماسح الباركود من نوع Zebra، ثم قم بتحديد تطبيق "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` (أيقونة التطبيق عبارة عن باركود باللون الأزرق الفاتح)."
" في صفحة :guilabel:`ملفات DataWedge التعريفية`، قم بتحديد خيار الملف "
"التعريفي للوصول إلى إعدادات ماسح الباركود من نوع Zebra. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the "
":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`."
msgstr ""
"قم بالتمرير إلى أسفل لخيار :guilabel:`مخرجات لوحة المفاتيح`، وتأكد من أن "
"خيار :guilabel:`تمكين/تعطيل مخرجات لوحة المفاتيح` :guilabel:`مفعل`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app."
msgstr ""
"إظهار خيار لوحة المفاتيح في تطبيق DataWedge لماسح الباركود من نوع Zebra. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select "
":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters "
"as Events` option is checked."
msgstr ""
"والآن، عد إلى صفحة خيارات :guilabel:`الملف التعريفي`، وقم بتحديد "
":guilabel:`خيارات فعاليات المفاتيح`. يمكنك هنا التأكد من أن خيار "
":guilabel:`إرسال الحروف كفعاليات` قد تم تفعيله. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "تفعيل الباركودات في أودو "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
"يمكن لخصائص ماسح الباركود توفير الكثير من الوقت الذي يضيع عادة في التنقل بين"
" لوحة المفاتيح والماوس والماسح الضوئي. تعيين الباركودات للمنتجات ومواقع "
"الانتقاء بشكل صحيح يتيح لك العمل بكفاءة أكبر عن طريق التحكم بالبرنامج بشكل "
"خاص باستخدام ماسح الباركود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام هذه الخاصية، عليك أولاً تفعيل وظيفة *الباركود* عن طريق "
":menuselection:`المخزون --> الإعدادات --> ماسح الباركود`. بمجرد أن قد قمت "
"بتحديد الخاصية، يمكنك الضغط على حفظ. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr "إعداد باركودات المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك تعيين الباركودات لمنتجاتك المختلفة بكل سهولة عن طريق تطبيق *المخزون*. "
"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`الإعدادات --> تهيئة باركودات "
"المنتجات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""
"بعدها، ستكون لديك إمكانية تعيين الباركودات لمنتجاتك مباشرة فور إنشائها في "
"استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""
"احرص على إضافة الباركودات في متغيرات المنتجات مباشرة وليس في قالب المنتج، "
"وإلا فلن تتمكن من التفريق من بينها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr "قم بإعداد باركودات للمواقع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت تدير مواقع متعددة، سيكون من المفيد تخصيص باركود لكل موقع وإلصاقه على"
" الموقع. يمكنك تهيئة باركودات المواقع في :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة"
" --> المواقع`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك طباعة الباركود الذي قمت بتخصيصه للمواقع بكل سهولة، من خلال قائمة "
"*الطباعة*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr "تنسيقات الباركود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
msgstr ""
"تستخدم معظم منتجات البيع بالتجزئة باركودات EAN-13 والتي تُعرف أيضاً باسم "
"GTIN (الأرقام التجارية العالمية للسلع). تُستخدم GTIN بواسطة الشركات لتعريف "
"منتجاتها وخدماتها بشكل فريد. على الرغم من أن GTIN و UPC يتم استخدامهما "
"غالباً للإشارة إلى نفس المعنى، إلا أن GTIN يشير إلى الرقم الذي يمثله "
"الباركود بينما يشير UPC إلى الباركود بحد ذاته. يمكنك العثور على المزيد من "
"المعلومات حول GTIN في موقع GS1 الإلكتروني. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
msgstr ""
"حتى تتمكن من إنشاء عناصر GTIN، يجب أن يكون للشركة بادئة GS1. هذه البادئة هي "
"الرقم الذي سيظهر في بداية كل GTIN وسيعرّف الشركة على أنها التي تملك باركود "
"أي منتج يظهر عليها. لمعرفة المزيد عن بادئات GS1 للشركة، أو لشراء رخصة "
"للبادئة، قم بزيارة صفحة بادئات GS1 للشركة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78
msgid ""
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
msgstr ""
"بوسع مستخدمي أودو استخدام باركودات GTIN لتعريف منتجاتهم، ولكن بما أن أودو "
"يدعم أي سلسلة عددية كباركود، ومن الممكن أيضاً تحديد باركود مخصص للاستخدام "
"الداخلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
msgstr ""
"تطبيق *المخزون* لدى أودو هو تطبيق لإدارة المخزون ونظام لإدارة المستودعات. "
"يتيح التطبيق للمستخدمين إدارة مهل التسليم بكل سهولة وأتمتة عمليات تجديد "
"المخزون وتهيئة المسارات المتقدمة والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""
"`دروس أودو التعليمية: المخزون <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5
msgid "Product management"
msgstr "إدارة المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9
msgid "Configure product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11
msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13
msgid ""
":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) <configure/uom>`: a standard quantity for "
"specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables "
"automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as "
"centimeters to feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a "
"vendor.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products "
"together, regardless of whether they are the same or different."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two "
"hundred buttons on a shelf.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive "
"or sell them in specified quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28
msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31
msgid "Comparison"
msgstr "مقارنة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33
msgid ""
"This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and"
" packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40
msgid "Feature"
msgstr "الخاصية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41
msgid "Unit of measure"
msgstr "وحدة القياس "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "الطرود "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "الهدف "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45
msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46
msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47
msgid ""
"Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs "
"of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48
msgid "Product uniformity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49
msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50
msgid "Allows mixed products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51
msgid "Same products only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52
msgid "Flexible"
msgstr "مرن "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53
msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54
msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55
msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56
msgid "Complexity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57
msgid "Simplest for unit conversions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58
msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59
msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60
msgid "Inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61
msgid ""
"Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined"
" in the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63
msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64
msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65
msgid "Smooth barcode operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78
msgid "Not available"
msgstr "غير متاح"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67
msgid ""
"Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even"
" if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire "
"Packages <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` feature to update "
"the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71
msgid ""
"Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g."
" 1 pack = 12 units)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73
msgid "Product lookup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75
msgid ""
"Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the "
"Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76
msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77
msgid "Unique barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79
msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80
msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81
msgid "Reusability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83
msgid ""
"Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85
msgid "Disposable only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86
msgid "Container weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88
msgid ""
"Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of"
" a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90
msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91
msgid "Lot/serial number tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92
msgid ""
"Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` for details)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94
msgid "Applies only to contained products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95
msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96
msgid "Custom routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98
msgid "Cannot be set"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99
msgid ""
"Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "حالات الاستخدام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104
msgid ""
"After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with "
"various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their "
"decision."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108
msgid "Pallets of items using packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110
msgid ""
"A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each "
"containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are "
"also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight "
"must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. "
"Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the "
"number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when "
"the pallet is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116
msgid ""
"After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable "
"solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it "
"as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines "
"operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key "
"distinctions include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121
msgid ""
"**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not"
" the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 "
"quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent "
"packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely "
"identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129
msgid "Capture product information using barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131
msgid ""
"An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage "
"location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is "
"enabled <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-package>`, scanning a package "
"barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138
msgid ""
"Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the "
"items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents "
"and facilitates operations, like inventory moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145
msgid "Track different units of measure in storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147
msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149
msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150
msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151
msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to "
"kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per "
"product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate "
"|UoMs|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157
msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158
msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160
msgid ""
"Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as "
"subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this "
"workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages "
"can also be used to store items in bulk."
msgstr ""
"*الطرد* هي حاوية ملموسة تحتوي على منتج واحد أو أكثر. يمكن استخدام الطرود "
"أيضاً لتخزين المنتجات بكميات كبيرة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10
msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:"
msgstr "يتم استخدام الطرود عادةً للأغراض التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12
msgid ""
":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`تجميع المنتجات لنقلها دفعة واحدة <inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Shipping to customers <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight "
"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with"
" carrier shipping specifications."
msgstr ""
":ref:`الشحن للعملاء <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: قم بتهيئة "
"أنواع الطرود لتتوافق مع متطلبات الحجم والوزن التي تفرضها شركة الشحن، لتبسيط "
"عملية انتقاء المنتجات ولضمان الامتثال لمواصفات شركة الشحن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16
msgid "Storing items in bulk."
msgstr "تخزين المنتجات بكميات كبيرة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by"
" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)."
msgstr ""
"*استخدام الطرد* هو حقل موجود في استمارة الطرد في أودو وهو مرئي فقط عن طريق "
"تفعيل خاصيتَي  *الشحن على دفعات* و *الطرود* (:menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون "
"--> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable"
" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring "
"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-"
"pack>`."
msgstr ""
"يتم افتراضياً تعيين حقل *استخدام الطرد* في استمارة الطرود كـ *صندوق "
"للاستخدام مرة واحدة*. قم بتغيير الحقل إلى *صندوق قابل لإعادة الاستخدام* "
"**فقط** فقط عند تهيئة الطرود لعمليات :ref:`الانتقاء على دفعات حسب المنطقة "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25
msgid ""
"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping "
"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping"
" weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself "
"(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost "
"calculations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31
msgid ""
"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can "
"be used in any workflow involving storable products."
msgstr ""
"على الرغم من أن الطرود تُستَخدَم عادةً في :doc:`مسار التوصيل على ثلاث خطوات "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`، إلا أنه "
"يمكن استخدامها في أي سير عمل يتضمن منتجات قابلة للتخزين. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the "
":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام الطرود، اذهب أولاً إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة "
"--> الإعدادات`. قم بتفعيل خاصية :guilabel:`الطرود` الموجودة أسفل ترويسة "
":guilabel:`العمليات`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr "قم بتفعيل إعداد *الطرود* في المخزون > التهيئة > الإعدادات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50
msgid ""
"When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be "
"enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location"
" upon updating the package's location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply "
"to (may have to set it for multiple)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56
msgid ""
"On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62
msgid "Pack items"
msgstr "حزم البضائع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64
msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:"
msgstr "يمكن إضافة المنتجات إلى الطرود في أي شحنة عن طريق: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66
msgid ""
"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` icon on the product "
"line."
msgstr ""
"الضغط على كل أيقونة لـ :ref:`العمليات التفصيلية "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` في بند المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68
msgid ""
"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"button to place everything in the transfer into a package."
msgstr ""
"استخدام زر :ref:`ضعه في الطرد <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"لوضع كل ما في الشحنة في طرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74
msgid "Detailed operations"
msgstr "العمليات التفصيلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76
msgid ""
"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a"
" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"في أي شحنة للمستودع، (مثال: الاستلام، أمر التوصيل)، قم بإضافة منتج إلى طرد "
"عن طريق الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`⦙≣ (قائمة بنقاط)` في علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`العمليات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line."
msgstr "إظهار أيقونة \"العمليات التفصيلية\" في بند المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى فتح النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:`للعمليات التفصيلية` لـ "
":guilabel:`المنتج`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85
msgid ""
"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an "
"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package,"
" then select :guilabel:`Create...`."
msgstr ""
"لوضع :guilabel:`المنتج` في طرد، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند`، وقم بتعيين "
":guilabel:`طرد الوجهة` للمنتج. قم بتحديد طرد موجود بالفعل أو أنشئ واحداً "
"جديداً عن طريق كتابة اسم الطرد الجديد، ثم قم بتحديد خيار "
":guilabel:`إنشاء...`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field."
msgstr "قم بتعيين طرد في حقل \"طرد الوجهة\". "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`."
msgstr "تم طلب 12 وحدة من `حاجز عزل الصوت` في `PACK0000001`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95
msgid ""
"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the "
":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the "
":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، حدد كمية المنتجات التي سيتم وضعها في الطرد في العمود المسمى "
":guilabel:`تم الانتهاء`. كرر الخطوات السابقة لاستبدال :guilabel:`المنتج` في "
"طرود مختلفة. بمجرد الانتهاء، اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق النافذة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100
msgid ""
":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106
msgid "Put in pack"
msgstr "وضع في طرد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse"
" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer "
"in that newly-created package."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك أيضاً الضغط على زر :guilabel:`وضع في طرد` في **أي** شحنة للمستودع "
"لإنشاء طرد جديد، ووضع كافة المنتجات الموجودة في الشحنة في الطرد الذي تم "
"إنشاؤه للتو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and"
" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"يظهر زر :guilabel:`وضع في طرد` عند الاستلام وأوامر التوصيل وأنواع النقل "
"الأخرى التي قد تم تفعيل خاصية *الطرود* فيها، في :menuselection:`تطبيق "
"المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked."
msgstr "صورة لخيار \"وضع في طرد\" يتم الضغط عليه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid ""
"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was "
"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it "
"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field."
msgstr ""
"في الشحنة المجمعة `BATCH/00003`، قم بالضغط على زر :guilabel:`وضع في طرد` "
"لإنشاء طرد جديد `PACK0000002`، وتعيين كافة المنتجات في ذلك الطرد، في حقل "
":guilabel:`طرد الوجهة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and "
"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for "
"shipping costs."
msgstr ""
"قم بإنشاء أنواع الطرودعن طريق الانتقال إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون -->"
" التهيئة --> أنواع الطرود`، لتعيين الأبعاد المخصصة وحدود الوزن. تُستخدم هذه "
"الخاصية بشكل أساسي لحساب أوزان الطرود لتغطية تكاليف الشحن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133
msgid ""
":doc:`Shipping carriers "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`شركات الشحن "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a "
"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:"
msgstr ""
"في قائمة :guilabel:`أنواع الطرود`، يؤدي الضغط على زر :guilabel:`جديد` إلى "
"فتح استمارة نوع طرد  فارغة. حقول الاستمارة هي كما يلي: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name."
msgstr ":guilabel:`نوع الطرد` (مطلوب): حدد اسم نوع الطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). "
"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, "
":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الحجم`: قم بتحديد أبعاد الطرد بالملليمتر (مم). تحدد الحقول من "
"اليسار إلى اليمين، :guilabel:`الطول` و :guilabel:`العرض`، و "
":guilabel:`الارتفاع`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`الوزن`: وزن الطرد الفارغ (مثال: صندوق فارغ، منصة نقالة). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty "
"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the "
":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"يقوم أودو بحساب وزن الطرد عن طريق إضافة وزن الطرد الفارغ بالإضافة إلى وزن "
"المنتجات، والذي يمكن العثور عليه في حقل :guilabel:`الوزن`، في علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`المخزون`، لكل استمارة منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الحد الأقصى للوزن`: الحد الأقصى لوزن الشحن المسموح به في الطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a "
"scan."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الباركود`: قم بتحديد باركود للتعرّف على الطرد من خلال مسحه "
"ضوئياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available "
"at all companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الشركة`: قم بتحديد شركة لجعل نوع الطرد متاحاً **فقط** لدى تلك "
"الشركة المحددة. اترك الحقل فارغا إذا كان متوفراً لدى جميع الشركات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package "
"type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`شركة الشحن`: حدد شركة الشحن المناسبة لنوع الطرد هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`رمز شركة الشحن`: حدد الرمز المرتبط بنوع الطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box."
msgstr "نوع الطرد لصندوق FedEx يزن 25 كجم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163
msgid "Cluster packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165
msgid ""
"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so "
"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""
"قم بتفعيل خاصية *عمليات النقل المجمعة* في المخزون > التهيئة > الإعدادات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174
msgid ""
"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing"
" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"أضف طروداً جديدة عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"المنتجات --> الطرود`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`جديد`، أو قم بتحديد طرد موجودة "
"بالفعل. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى فتح استمارة الطرد، والتي تحتوي على الحقول "
"التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`مرجع الطرد` (مطلوب): اسم الطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship "
"to the customer <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`نوع الطرد`: يستخدم لـ :ref:`تهيئة صناديق الشحن للشحن إلى العميل "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster"
" pickings."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`نوع الطرد` غير ضروري لتهيئة الطرود لعمليات الانتقاء على دفعات حسب"
" المنطقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after "
"measuring it on a scale."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`وزن الشحن`: يستخدم لإدخال وزن الطرد بعد قياسه على الميزان. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is "
"available at all companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الشركة`: قم بتحديد شركة لجعل الطرد متاحاً **فقط** لدى تلك الشركة "
"المحددة. اترك الحقل فارغا إذا كان الطرد متوفراً لدى جميع الشركات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`الموقع`: الموقع الحالي للطرد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created."
msgstr ":guilabel:`تاريخ التعبئة`: التاريخ الذي تم إنشاء الطرد فيه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for "
"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages "
"used to ship products to customers."
msgstr ""
":guilabel: `استخدام الطرد`: قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`قابل لإعادة الاستخدام`"
" للطرود المستخدمة لنقل المنتجات داخل المستودع؛ و :guilabel:`للاستخدام مرة "
"واحدة` للطرود المستخدمة لشحن المنتجات للعملاء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199
msgid ""
":doc:`Using cluster packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding "
"multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:8
msgid ""
"For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a "
"12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product "
"form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:13
msgid ""
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
msgstr ""
"يمكن استخدام التغليف مع تطبيق :ref:`الباركود <inventory/barcode/software>` "
"لدى أودو. عند استلام المنتجات من الموردين، يؤدي مسح باركود التغليف تلقائياً "
"إلى إضافة عدد الوحدات الموجودة في العبوة إلى العدد الداخلي للمنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20
msgid ""
"To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
"enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام التغليف، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"الإعدادات`، ثم تحت  ترويسة :guilabel:`المنتجات`، قم بتمكين خاصية "
":guilabel:`تغليف المنتج`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:31
msgid "Create packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33
msgid ""
"Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the "
":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:37
msgid "From product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the "
"table, fill out the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on "
"sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the "
"packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the"
" product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:53
msgid ""
"Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column "
"titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired "
"options from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""
"تمكن من الوصول إلى الحقول الإضافية في جدول :guilabel:`التغليف` أدناه عن طريق"
" الضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`(شرائط التمرير)` الموجودة أقصى يمين عناوين "
"الأعمدة في قسم :guilabel:`التغليف`، وتحديد الخيارات المطلوبة من القائمة "
"المنسدلة التي تظهر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or "
"pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app <barcode/operations/intro>`. Leave "
"blank if not in use."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الباركود`: معرف لتتبع التغليف في تحركات المخزون أو عمليات "
"الانتقاء، باستخدام :ref:`تطبيق الباركود <barcode/operations/intro>`. اتركه "
"فارغاً إذا لم يكن قيد الاستخدام. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
"companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الشركة`: تشير إلى أن التغليف متاح فقط في الشركة المحددة. اتركه "
"فارغاً لجعل التغليف متاحاً في جميع الشركات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:67
msgid ""
"To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` "
"to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء نوع تغليف لستة وحدات من منتج، `صودا العنب`، ابدأ أولاً بالضغط على "
":guilabel:`إضافة بند`. في ذلك البند، قم بتسمية :guilabel:`التغليف` `6 "
"وحدات`، وعيّن :guilabel:`الكمية المتضمنة` كـ `6`. كرر هذه العملية للتغليفات "
"الإضافية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
msgstr "إنشاء حالة 6 وحدات للمنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76
msgid "From product packagings page"
msgstr "من صفحة تغليف المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:78
msgid ""
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"لعرض كافة التغليفات التي تم إنشاؤها، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون "
"--> التهيئة --> تغليف المنتج`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور صفحة "
":guilabel:`تغليف المنتج` التي تحتوي على قائمة كاملة بكافة التغليفات التي تم "
"إنشاؤها لكافة المنتجات. قم بإنشاء تغليفات جديدة عن طريق الضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`جديد`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:84
msgid ""
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
"packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
"product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` "
"of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products."
msgstr ""
"لدى منتجي الصودا، `صودا العنب` و`الدايت كولا`، ثلاثة أنواع من التغليفات التي"
" تمت تهيئتها. في صفحة :guilabel: `تغليف المنتج`، يمكن بيع كل منتج على هيئة "
"`6 وحدات` تحتوي على 6 منتجات، أو `عبوة` مكونة من 12 منتج، أو `علبة` مكونة من"
" 32 منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
msgstr "قائمة بالتغليفات المختلفة للمنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93
msgid "Partial reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:95
msgid ""
"After :ref:`completing the packaging setup "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, packagings can be reserved "
"in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging "
"flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment "
"of available items, while awaiting the rest."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:100
msgid ""
"To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, "
"or select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:103
msgid ""
"On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full "
"Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:107
msgid ""
"To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` "
"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117
msgid ""
"To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the "
"following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119
msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:120
msgid "an order demands two packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121
msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:123
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units"
" are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:126
msgid ""
"Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-"
"two units are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130
msgid "Apply packagings"
msgstr "استخدام التغليفات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:132
msgid ""
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
"packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is "
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` "
"field."
msgstr ""
"عند إنشاء أمر بيع في تطبيق :menuselection:`المبيعات`، قم بتحديد التغليفات "
"التي يجب استخدامها للمنتج. يتم عرض التغليف الذي تختاره في :abbr:`SO (أمر "
"البيع)` تحت حقل :guilabel:`التغليفات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:137
msgid ""
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
"packagings."
msgstr "18 علبة من منتج `صودا العنب` معبأة في ثلاث عبوات مكونة من 6 وحدات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
msgstr "تعيين التغليفات في بند أمر البيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "وحدة القياس"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units."
msgstr ""
"في بعض الحالات، قد يكون من الضروري التعامل مع المنتجات بوحدات قياس مختلفة. "
"على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن تقوم شركة ما بشراء منتجات من دولة تستخدم وحدات "
"القياس المترية، وتقوم ببيع تلك المنتجات في دولة تستخدم الوحدات القياسية "
"الامبراطورية. في هذه الحال، سيتوجب على الشركة تحويل الوحدات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big "
"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr ""
"من الحالات الأخرى لتحويل وحدات القياس هي عندما تقوم الشركة بشراء منتجات "
"بالجملة من البائع، ثم بيع تلك المنتجات كوحدات فردية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one "
"product."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أن يتم إعداد أودو لاستخدام *وحدات قياس (UoM)* مختلفة لمنتج واحد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` "
"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام وحدات القياس المختلفة في أودو، اذهب أولاً إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق"
" المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، وتحت قسم :guilabel:`المنتجات`، قم "
"بتفعيل إعداد :guilabel:`وحدات القياس`. بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr "قم بتفعيل وحدات القياس في إعدادات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr "فئات وحدات القياس "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can "
"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units "
"belong to the same category."
msgstr ""
"بعد تفعيل إعداد *وحدات القياس*، قم بعرض فئات وحدات القياس الافتراضية في "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> فئات وحدات القياس`. الفئة مهمة"
" عند تحويل الوحدة؛ بإمكان أودو تغيير وحدات قياس المنتج من وحدة إلى أخرى، "
"**فقط** إذا كانت كلتا الوحدتان تنتميان إلى نفس الفئة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr "إعداد فئات وحدات القياس. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""
"تحتوي كل فئة من وحدات القياس على وحدة مرجعية. يتم تمييز الوحدة المرجعية "
"باللون الأزرق في عمود :guilabel:`Uom` في صفحة :guilabel:`فئات وحدات القياس`."
" يستخدم أودو الوحدة المرجعية كقاعدة لأي وحدات جديدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product"
" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on "
"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` "
"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than"
" the reference Unit of Measure`."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء وحدة جديدة، حدد أولاً الفئة الصحيحة من صفحة :guilabel:`فئات وحدات "
"القياس`. على سبيل المثال، لبيع منتج في صندوق مكون من ست وحدات، اضغط على بند "
":guilabel:`الوحدة`. بعد ذلك، في صفحة الفئة التي تظهر، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`إضافة بند` في علامة تبويب :guilabel:`وحدات القياس`. ثم في حقل "
":guilabel:`وحدة القياس`، قم بتسمية الوحدة الجديدة، مثل `مربع من 6 قطع`، ثم "
"حدد مرجع الحجم المناسب في حقل :guilabel:`النوع`، مثل :guilabel:` أكبر من "
"وحدة القياس المرجعية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54
msgid ""
"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally "
"recognized `code managed by GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_, that **must** "
"be purchased in order to use."
msgstr ""
"إذا كان منطبقاً، أدخِل :guilabel:`فئة UNSPSC`، وهو كود متعارف عليه عالمياً "
"`تتم إدارته بواسطة GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_، والذي **يجب** أن يتم "
"شراؤه حتى تتمكن من استخدامه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the "
"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a"
" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)."
msgstr ""
"في حقل :guilabel:`النسبة`، أدخل عدد الوحدات الفردية الموجودة في وحدة القياس "
"|UOM| الجديدة، على سبيل المثال `6.00000` عند استخدام مثال `6 وحدات` (حيث أن "
"الصندوق المكون من ست وحدات هو *أكبر* بست مرات من الوحدة المرجعية `1.00000`)."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr "قم بتحويل المنتجات من وحدة قياس إلى أخرى، طالما تنتمي إلى نفس الفئة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr "حدد وحدة قياس المنتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form"
" page."
msgstr ""
"لإعداد وحدات القياس لمنتج ما، اذهب أولاً إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون "
"--> المنتجات --> المنتجات` ثم قم بتحديد منتج لفتح استمارته. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's "
"inventory and internal transfers."
msgstr ""
"في علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المعلومات العامة`، قم بتحرير حقل :guilabel:`وحدة "
"القياس` لتحديد وحدة القياس التي يباع بها المنتج. الوحدة المحددة هي أيضًا "
"الوحدة المستخدمة لتتبع مخزون المنتج والتحويلات الداخلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75
msgid ""
"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that "
"the product is purchased in."
msgstr ""
"قم بتحرير حقل :guilabel:`وحدة قياس الشراء` لتحديد وحدة القياس التي تم شراء "
"المنتج بها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr "تحويل وحدة القياس "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different "
":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of "
"Measure)`."
msgstr ""
"يقوم أودو تلقائياً بتحويل قياسات الوحدات عندما تكون للمنتجات :abbr:`UoMs "
"(وحدات قياس)` و :abbr:`UoMs (وحدات القياس)` للشراء مختلفة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86
msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:"
msgstr "يظهر ذلك في عدة سيناريوهات، منها: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor orders <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: purchase "
"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse "
"documents"
msgstr ""
":ref:`طلبات المورّد <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: |UOM| "
"وحدة قياس الشراء في أوامر الشراء (POs) تتحول إلى |UOM| في مستندات المستودع "
"الداخلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic replenishment <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: "
"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips "
"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|"
msgstr ""
"يؤدي :ref:`تجديد المخزون التلقائي "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: إلى إنشاء أوامر شراء |POs| "
"عندما تقل مستويات المخزون لمنتج ما (tracked in |UOM|) عن مستوى محدد. ولكن "
"يتم إنشاء أوامر الشراء |POs| باستخدام وحدة قياس الشراء |UOM| "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93
msgid ""
":ref:`Sell products <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: if a "
"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted "
"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100
msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM"
msgstr "اشترِ المنتجات بوحدة قياس الشراء "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If "
"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"عند إنشاء طلب عرض سعر (RFQ) جديد في تطبيق *المشتريات*، يقوم أودو  تلقائياً "
"باستخدام وحدة قياس الشراء المحددة للمنتج. إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتحرير قيمة "
":guilabel:`UoM` يدوياً في |RFQ|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106
msgid ""
"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"بعد أن يتم تأكيد |RFQ| طلب عرض السعر وتحويله إلى أمر شراء  |PO|، اضغط على "
"الزر الذكي :guilabel:`استلام` الموجود أعلى أمر الشراء |PO|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""
"يقوم Odoo تلقائيًا بتحويل وحدة قياس الشراء إلى وحدة قياس مبيعات/مخزون "
"المنتج، وبالتالي فإن عمود :guilabel:`الطلب` في إيصال التسليم يُظهر الكمية "
"المحولة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113
msgid ""
"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows"
" the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"عندما يكون شراء المنتج :guilabel:`UoM` هو `Box of 6`، ووحدة قياس "
"المبيعات/المخزون الخاصة به هي `Units`، فإن |PO| يُظهر الكمية في الصناديق "
"المكونة من ستة، ويوضح الإيصال (ومستندات المستودع الداخلي الأخرى) الكمية "
"بالوحدات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure."
msgstr "صورة لأمر شراء يستخدم وحدة قياس الشراء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121
msgid ""
"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of "
"6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127
msgid ""
"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit "
"of Measure\": `Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "تجديد المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أيضًا إنشاء طلب عرض أسعار لأحد المنتجات مباشرةً من نموذج المنتج "
"باستخدام زر :guilabel:`Replenish`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The"
" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`"
" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"بعد النقر على :guilabel:`Replenish`، ينبثق مربع مساعد التجديد. يمكن تحرير "
"وحدة قياس الشراء يدويًا في الحقل :guilabel:`Quantity`، إذا لزم الأمر. ثم "
"انقر فوق :guilabel:`Confirm` لإنشاء |RFQ|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143
msgid ""
"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is"
" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150
msgid ""
"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart "
"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted "
"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, "
"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the "
"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"اذهب إلى أمر الشراء |PO| الذي تم إنشاؤه من خلال الضغط على الزر الذكي "
":guilabel:`الكمية المتوقعة` الموجود في استمارة المنتج. قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى"
" قسم :guilabel:`المخزون المتوقع`، وفي بند :guilabel:`طلب عرض السعر`، اضغط "
"على مرجع طلب عرض السعر |RFQ| لفتح مسودة مرجع طلب عرض السعر |RFQ|. إذا لزم "
"الأمر، يمكن تحرير وحدة قياس الشراء |UOM| مباشرة في أمر الشراء |PO|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr "البيع بوحدة قياس مختلفة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses "
"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can "
"be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""
"عند إنشاء عرض سعر جديد في تطبيق *المبيعات*، يستخدم أودو تلقائياً وحدة القياس"
" المحددة للمنتج. عند الضرورة، يمكن تحرير :guilabel:`وحدة القياس` يدوياً في "
"عرض السعر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales "
"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the "
"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's "
"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery "
"shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""
"بعد أن يتم إرسال عرض السعر إلى العميل وتأكيده في أمر البيع (SO)، اضغط على "
"الزر الذكي :guilabel:`التوصيل` الموجود أعلى أمر البيع |SO|. يقوم أودو "
"تلقائياً بتحويل وحدة القياس إلى وحدة قياس مخزون المنتج، لذلك يُظهر عمود "
":guilabel:`الطلب` الخاص بالتوصيل الكمية التي تم تحويل وحدة قياسها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, "
"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in"
" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"على سبيل المثال، إذا كان تغيرت وحدة قياس المنتج |UOM| في |SO| إلى `صندوق من "
"6 وحدات`، ولكن وحدة قياس المخزون الخاصة به هي `وحدات`، سيُظهِر أمر البيع "
"|SO| الكمية كعدد من الصناديق المكونة من 6 وحدات، وتُظهِر عملية التوصيل "
"الكمية بالوحدات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:280
msgid "Inventory valuation"
msgstr "تقييم المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27
msgid ""
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35
msgid ""
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
msgid ""
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64
msgid ""
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72
msgid ""
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Costing)` method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80
msgid ""
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
"company's inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26
msgid ""
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
msgid ""
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
msgid ""
"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see"
" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting"
" mode is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So "
"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to "
"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation "
"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost "
"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense "
"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, "
"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts "
"<inventory/management/config-inventory-valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67
msgid ""
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid "Costing method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
msgid ""
"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "السعر القياسي"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
msgid ""
"The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually "
"defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation."
" Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is "
"the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "العملية"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "تكلفة الوحدة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "الكمية الموجودة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
msgid "Incoming Value"
msgstr "القيمة القادمة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "قيمة المخزون"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
msgid "$10"
msgstr "$10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
msgid "$0"
msgstr "$0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
msgid "8 * $10"
msgstr "8 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:224
msgid "$80"
msgstr "$80"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:116
msgid "4 * $10"
msgstr "4 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "$120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
msgid "Deliver 10 products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
msgid "-10 * $10"
msgstr "-10 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
msgid "$20"
msgstr "$20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
msgid "2 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
msgid "$40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)"
msgstr "متوسط التكلفة (AVCO) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
msgid ""
"Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that "
"product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this "
"costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts "
"based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:160
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
msgid "$12"
msgstr "$12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
msgid "4 * $16"
msgstr "4 * $16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
msgid "$144"
msgstr "$144"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:162
msgid "-10 * $12"
msgstr "-10 * $12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
msgid "$24"
msgstr "$24"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
msgid "$9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
msgid "2 * $6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
msgid "$36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244
msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with "
"the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-"
"hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the"
" inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. "
"Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186
msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in "
"the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is "
"then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the "
"inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "الوارد أولاً يخرج أولاً (FIFO) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
msgid ""
"Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the "
"real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase "
"price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of "
"that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an "
"updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
msgid ""
"This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a "
"variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human "
"error."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
msgid "$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2 * $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
msgid "$32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
msgid "$11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
msgid "$44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the "
"incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two "
"units were purchased for $16."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid ""
"First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity "
"by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256
msgid ""
"The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the"
" previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:258
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining "
"quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
msgid ""
"When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = "
"$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is "
"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any "
"adjustments here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269
msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"
msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
msgid ""
"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or "
"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and"
" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/management/expense-account>` and "
":ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/management/stock-account>` sections for "
"details on configuring each account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid "Expense account"
msgstr "حساب النفقات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ""
"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`"
" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account "
"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:298
msgid ""
"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type "
"based on the information below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371
msgid "Anglo-Saxon"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
msgid "Automated"
msgstr "مؤتمت "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the "
":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of "
"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:206
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "يدوي"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:322
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock "
"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by "
"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is "
":guilabel:`Current Assets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
msgid "Continental"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or "
":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347
msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output"
" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product"
" Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:353
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. "
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. "
"These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are "
"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel: `حساب إدخال المخزون`: سيتم ترحيل بنود دفتر اليومية المقابلة لكافة"
" تحركات المخزون الواردة في هذا الحساب، ما لم يكن هناك حساب تقييم محدد تم "
"تعيينه في الموقع المصدر. هذه هي القيمة الافتراضية لكافة المنتجات في فئة "
"معينة، ويمكن أيضاً تعيينها مباشرةً على كل منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:364
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel: `حساب مخرجات المخزون`: سيتم ترحيل بنود دفتر اليومية المقابلة "
"لكافة تحركات المخزون الصادرة في هذا الحساب، ما لم يكن هناك حساب تقييم محدد "
"تم تعيينه في موقع الوجهة. هذه هي القيمة الافتراضية لكافة المنتجات في فئة "
"معينة، ويمكن أيضاً تعيينها مباشرةً على كل منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer "
"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing "
"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
msgid ""
"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the "
"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
msgid ""
"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current "
"Asset* account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391
msgid ""
"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought"
" and sold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:396
msgid ""
"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim "
"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set"
" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output "
"accounts are assigned to the **same** account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
msgid "Inventory valuation reporting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
" at once."
msgstr ""
"للبدء، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التقارير --> الميزانية "
"العمومية`. في الجزء العلوي من لوحة البيانات، قم بتغيير قيمة الحقل "
":guilabel:`اعتباراً من` إلى :guilabel:`اليوم`، ثم قم بضبط الفلترة "
":guilabel:`الخيارات` إلى :guilabel:`كشف الكل` لرؤية كافة البيانات وأحدثها "
"مرة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:414
msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
msgstr ""
"ضمن البند الرئيسي :guilabel:`الأصول المتداولة`، ابحث عن البند المضمن "
":guilabel:`حساب تقييم المخزون`، حيث يتم عرض التقييم الإجمالي لجميع المخزون "
"الموجود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420
msgid ""
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"تمكن من الوصول إلى معلومات أكثر تحديداً من خلال القائمة المنسدلة "
":guilabel:`حساب تقييم المخزون`، عن طريق تحديد :guilabel:`دفتر الأستاذ العام`"
" لرؤية عرض مُفصّل لكافة قيود دفتر اليومية، أو عن طريق تحديد :guilabel:`عناصر"
" دفتر اليومية` لمراجعة كافة قيود اليومية الفردية التي تم إرسالها إلى الحساب."
" يمكنك أيضاً إضافة التعليقات التوضيحية إلى :guilabel:`الميزانية العمومية` عن"
" طريق اختيار :guilabel:`العليقات التوضيحية`، وتعبئة مربع النص، ثم الضغط على "
":guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr "اطلع على كافة تفاصيل تقييم المخزون في تطبيق المحاسبة لدى أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr "استخدام تقييم المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr ""
"*تقييم المخزون* هو إجراء محاسبي مثالي يحسب قيمة المخزون المتوفر. بمجرد "
"تحديده، يتم بعد ذلك دمج مبلغ تقييم المخزون في القيمة الإجمالية للشركة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr ""
"في أودو، يمكن إجراء هذه العملية يدوياً— عن طريق موظفي المستودع الذين يقومون "
"بعدّ المنتجات فعلياً - أو تلقائياً من خلال قاعدة البيانات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
msgstr "تقييم المخزون التلقائي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدام أودو لإنشاء مسار لقيود تقييم المخزون تلقائياً، انتقل أولاً إلى "
"قائمة :menuselection:`فئات المنتجات` عن طريق الذهاب إلى "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> فئات المنتجات` وحدد فئة المنتج"
" المطلوبة. في الاستمارة، قم بضبط :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` كـ "
":guilabel:`تلقائي` و :guilabel:`طريقة حساب التكلفة` إلى أي من الخيارات "
"الثلاثة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation <inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr ""
"حتى تتمكن من فهم كيفية تأثير نقل المنتجات داخل وخارج المخزون على القيمة "
"الإجمالية للشركة، فكر في سيناريو تحركات المنتجات والمخزون أدناه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr "تسلّم منتجاً "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""
"لتتبع قيمة المنتجات الواردة، كما في *جدول* بسيط، قم بتهيئة فئة المنتج على "
"المنتج نفسه. للوصول إلى هناك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"المنتجات --> المنتجات` ثم اضغط على المنتج المطلوب. في استمارة المنتج، اضغط "
"على أيقونة :guilabel:`➡️ (السهم الأيمن)` بجانب حقل :guilabel:`فئة المنتج`، "
"والذي يقوم بفتح رابط داخلي لتعديل فئة المنتج. بعد ذلك، قم بتعيين "
":guilabel:`طريقة حساب التكلفة` كـ :guilabel:`الوارد أولاً يخرج أولاً (FIFO)`"
" و :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` كـ :guilabel:`تلقائي`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"عوضاً عن ذلك، قم بالوصول إلى لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`فئات المنتجات` من خلال "
"الانتقال إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> فئات المنتجات` "
"وحدد فئة المنتج المطلوبة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، فلنفترض أنه قد تم شراء 10 طاولات بسعر $10.00 لكل منها. سيُظهر "
":abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` لهذه الطاولات الإجمالي الفرعي لعملية الشراء بمبلغ "
"$100، بالإضافة إلى أي تكاليف أو ضرائب إضافية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
msgstr "أمر شراء يتضمن 10 طاولات بقيمة $10.00 لكل منها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
"affected by this purchase."
msgstr ""
"بعد تحديد خيار :guilabel:`تصديق` في :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)`، يتم تمكين الزر "
"الذكي :guilabel:`تقييم`. يؤدي الضغط على هذا الزر إلى عرض تقرير يوضح مدى تأثر"
" تقييم مخزون الطاولة بعملية الشراء هذه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
msgstr ""
"**يجب** أن يتم تشغيل :ref:`وضع المطور <developer-mode>` لرؤية الزر الذكي "
":guilabel:`تقييم`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows "
"ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not"
" accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
msgstr "ستجد زر \"التقييم\" الذكي في الإيصال، مع تفعيل وضع المطوّر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid ""
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`."
msgstr ""
"للحصول على لوحة بيانات شاملة تتضمن تقييم المخزون لكافة شحنات المنتجات "
"وتعديلات المخزون وعمليات المستودعات، راجع :ref:`تقرير تقييم المخزون "
"<inventory/management/reporting/valuation-report>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr "قم بتوصيل منتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""
"وبنفس المنطق، عندما يتم شحن طاولة إلى العميل وتغادر الطاولة المستودع، ينخفض "
"تقييم المخزون. يقوم زر :guilabel:`تقييم` الذكي الموجود في :abbr:`DO (أمر "
"التوصيل)`، بإظهار سجل تقييم المخزون كما هو الحال في :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)`."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr "انخفاض قيمة المخزون بعد شحن المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
msgstr "تقرير تقييم المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""
"لعرض القيمة الحالية لكافة المنتجات في المستودع، قم أولاً بتشغيل :ref:`وضع "
"المطوِّر <developer-mode>` وانتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"إعداد التقارير --> التقييم`. تعرض لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` "
"سجلات تفصيلية للمنتجات مع :guilabel:`التاريخ`، :guilabel:`الكمية`، "
":guilabel:`قيمة الوحدة`، و :guilabel:`القيمة الإجمالية` للمخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`وضع المطوِّر <developer-mode>` **يجب** أن يتم تمكينه لرؤية خيار "
":guilabel:`التقييم` ضمن :guilabel:`التقارير`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr "تقرير تقييم المخزون يُظهِر عدة منتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
"date can be seen and selected."
msgstr ""
"يكشف زر :guilabel:`التقييم في التاريخ`، الموجود في الزاوية العلوية إلي يسار "
"صفحة :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون`، عن نافذة منبثقة. في هذه النافذة المنبثقة، "
"يمكن رؤية واختيار تقييم مخزون المنتجات المتاحة خلال تاريخ محدد مسبقاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107
msgid ""
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
msgstr ""
"قم بعرض سجل تفصيلي لقيمة مخزون المنتج، وحركة المخزون، والمخزون الفعلي عن "
"طريق تحديد الزر الأزرق المخضر :guilabel:`➡️ (السهم الأيمن)` الموجود إلى يمين"
" قيمة عمود :guilabel:`المرجع`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr "تحديث سعر المنتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لأي شركة: يمكن أن تساهم مهل التسليم وفشل سلسلة التوريد وعوامل الخطر "
"الأخرى في ظهور تكاليف غير مرئية. على الرغم من أن أودو يحاول تمثيل قيمة "
"المخزون بدقة، إلا أن *التقييم اليدوي* يعمل كأداة إضافية لتحديث سعر الوحدة "
"للمنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""
"التقييم اليدوي مخصص للمنتجات التي يمكن شراؤها واستلامها بتكلفة أكبر من 0، أو"
" التي تم تعيين فئات المنتجات بها مع تعيين :guilabel:`طريقة حساب التكلفة` إما"
" كـ :guilabel:`متوسط التكلفة (AVCO)` أو :guilabel:` الوارد أولاً يخرج أولاً "
"(FIFO)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr "إضافة تقييم يدوي لقيمة المخزون لمنتج ما. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
"(plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""
"قم بإنشاء قيود تقييم يدوية في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`تقييم المخزون` من خلال "
"الانتقال أولاً إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> إعداد التقارير --> "
"التقييم`. بعد ذلك، لتفعيل خاصية *إعادة تقييم المنتج*، قم بتحديد خيار "
":menuselection:`التجميع حسب --> المنتج` لتنظيم كافة السجلات حسب المنتج. اضغط"
" على أيقونة :guilabel:`▶️ (مثلث القائمة المنسدلة)` رمادية اللون لإظهار عناصر"
" بند تقييم المخزون أدناه، بالإضافة إلى الزر الأزرق المخضر :guilabel:`➕ "
"(زائد)` جهة اليمين. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على الزر الأزرق المخضر :guilabel:`+ (علامة الجمع)` لفتح استمارة "
":guilabel:`إعادة تقييم المنتج`. هنا، يمكن إعادة حساب تقييم المخزون لمنتج ما،"
" وذلك عن طريق زيادة أو خفض سعر الوحدة لكل منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
msgstr ""
"تكون الأزرار :guilabel:`▶️ (مثلث القائمة المنسدلة)` و :guilabel:`➕ (علامة "
"الجمع)` مرئية فقط بعد تجميع القيود حسب المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr "استمارة إعادة تقييم المنتج تضيف قيمة $1.00 والسبب هو التضخم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
msgstr "قيود دفتر يومية تقييم المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
"for receipts)."
msgstr ""
"في أودو، يتم أيضاً تسجيل سجلات تقييم المخزون التلقائي في لوحة بيانات "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المحاسبة --> المحاسبة --> قيود اليومية`. في قائمة "
"القيود المحاسبية الشاملة هذه، يتم تحديد سجلات تقييم المخزون عن طريق التحقق "
"من القيم في عمود :guilabel:`دفتر اليومية`، أو البحث عن قيمة عمود "
":guilabel:`المرجع` التي تطابق مرجع عملية المستودع (على سبيل المثال، `WH/IN) "
"/00014` للإيصالات). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154
msgid ""
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي الضغط على قيد دفتر اليومية لتقييم المخزون إلى فتح سجل *محاسبة القيد "
"المزدوج*. يقوم أودو بإنشاء هذه السجلات لتتبع تغير قيمة تقييم المخزون أثناء "
"نقل المنتجات داخل وخارج المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159
msgid ""
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
msgstr ""
"لعرض تقييم المخزون لـ 10 *طاولات*، تكلفة كل منها $10.00، عند الاستلام من "
"المورّد، اذهب إلى صفحة :menuselection:`قيود اليومية` الموجودة في "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المحاسبة --> المحاسبة --> قيود دفتر اليومية` . هنا، "
"اضغط على بند دفتر اليومية حيث تتطابق قيمة عمود :guilabel:`المرجع` مع المرجع "
"الموجود في الإيصال، `WH/IN/00014`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr "صفحة تقييم المخزون التي تصور المنتجات داخل الشحنة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168
msgid ""
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr "القيد المحاسبي لتقييم المخزون لـ 10 طاولات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
msgstr ""
"`درس أودو التعليمي: تقييم المخزون "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6
msgid "Product tracking"
msgstr "تتبع المنتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products "
"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, "
"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and "
"inventory reports."
msgstr ""
"*أرقام المجموعات* و *الأرقام التسلسلية* هما طريقتان لتحديد وتتبع المنتجات في"
" أودو. في حين أن هناك أوجه تشابه بين طريقتي التتبع، إلا أنه توجد أيضاً "
"اختلافات ملحوظة تؤثر على الإيصالات وعمليات التوصيل وتقارير المخزون."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also "
"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
msgstr ""
"تشير *المجموعة* عادةً إلى دفعة معينة من العنصر الذي تم استلامه أو تخزينه "
"حالياً أو شحنه من أحد المستودعات. ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يتعلق الأمر أيضاً بمجموعة"
" من المنتجات المصنعة داخلياً أيضاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16
msgid ""
"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" or products."
msgstr ""
"*الرقم التسلسلي* هو معرف فريد يتم تعيينه بشكل متزايد (أو تسلسلياً) لعنصر أو "
"منتج، ويستخدم لتمييزه عن العناصر أو المنتجات الأخرى. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "تمكين أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*"
" feature must be enabled."
msgstr ""
"لتتبع المنتجات باستخدام أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية، يجب تمكين خاصية "
"*أرقتم المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة--> "
"الإعدادات`، ثم قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`، واضغط "
"على المربع المجاور لـ :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` . بعد "
"ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"تم تمكين خاصية أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية في إعدادات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38
msgid "When to use lots"
msgstr "متى يتم استخدام أرقام المجموعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product"
" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls "
"or expiration dates."
msgstr ""
"تعتبر المجموعات مفيدة للمنتجات التي يتم تصنيعها أو استلامها بكميات كبيرة، "
"مثل الملابس أو المواد الغذائية. ويمكن استخدامها لتتبع منتج ما إلى مجموعة، "
"وهو أمر مفيد بشكل خاص عند إدارة عمليات سحب المنتج أو تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it."
msgstr "تم إنشاء مجموعة تحتوي على كمية من المنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for "
"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life "
"cycles."
msgstr ""
"يقوم المصنعون بتعيين أرقام المجموعات لمجموعات المنتجات التي تتسم بخصائص "
"مشتركة؛ يمكن أن يؤدي ذلك إلى أن يكون لسلع متعددة نفس رقم المجموعة. يساعد ذلك"
" على تعريف عدد من المنتجات في مجموعة واحدة، ويسمح بالتتبع الشامل لهذه "
"المنتجات خلال كل خطوة في دورات حياتها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55
msgid "When to use serial numbers"
msgstr "متى يتم استخدام الأرقام التسلسلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply "
"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services related to products they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""
"الهدف من تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية للمنتجات الفردية هو التأكد من إمكانية "
"التعرف على تاريخ كل عنصر عند انتقاله عبر سلسلة التوريد. يمكن أن يكون ذلك "
"مفيداً بشكل خاص للشركات المصنعة التي تقدم خدمات ما بعد البيع المتعلقة "
"بالمنتجات التي تبيعها وقوم بتوصيلها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "List of serial numbers for product."
msgstr "قائمة بالأرقام التسلسلية للمنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, "
"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أن تحتوي الأرقام التسلسلية على العديد من أنواع الأحرف المختلفة: أرقام، "
"أو أحرف، أو رموز مطبعية، أو مزيج من الأنواع الثلاثة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "قابلة التتبع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, "
"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was "
"sent."
msgstr ""
"يمكن للمصنعين والشركات الرجوع إلى تقارير التتبع لمعرفة دورة حياة المنتج "
"بأكملها. تتضمن هذه التقارير معلومات أساسية، مثل مصدر المنتجات (ومتى أتت)، "
"وأين تم تخزينها، وإلى من تم إرسالها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or "
"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""
"لرؤية إمكانية التتبع الكاملة لمنتج ما، أو تجميع المنتجات حسب المجموعات و/أو "
"الأرقام التسلسلية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> "
"أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور لوحة بيانات "
":guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80
msgid ""
"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed "
"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers "
"have been specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، يتم إدراج المنتجات التي تحتوي على أرقام مجموعات أو أرقام تسلسلية "
"مخصصة لها بشكل افتراضي. ويمكن أيضاً التوسع فيها حتى تُظهِر المجموعات أو "
"الأرقام التسلسلية التي تم تخصيصها لها على وجه التحديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"للتجميع حسب أرقام المجموعات أو الأرقام التسلسلية، قم أولاً بإزالة أي فلاتر "
"افتراضية من شريط البحث في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين. بعد ذلك، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`التجميع حسب`، وقم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إضافة مجموعة مخصصة`، "
"والذي يكشف عن قائمة منسدلة صغيرة. من هذه القائمة المنسدلة الصغيرة، قم بتحديد"
" :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تطبيق`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be "
"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For "
"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one "
"product per serial number."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن جميع الدفعات والأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة، "
"ويمكن توسيع كل منها لإظهار جميع كميات المنتج بهذا الرقم المخصص. بالنسبة "
"للأرقام التسلسلية الفريدة التي *لا* يُعاد استخدامها، يجب أن يكون هناك *فقط* "
"منتج واحد لكل رقم تسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers."
msgstr ""
"صفحة التقارير مع القوائم المنسدلة لأرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial "
"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that "
"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From "
"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart"
" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations "
"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well."
msgstr ""
"للمزيد من المعلومات حول رقم مجموعة أو رقم تسلسلي فردي، اضغط على البند الخاص "
"بالمجموعة أو الرقم التسلسلي للكشف عن استمارة :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة` أو "
":guilabel:`الرقم التسلسلي` لهذا الرقم المحدد. من هذه الاستمارة، اضغط على "
"الزرين الذكيين :guilabel:`الموقع` و:guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` لرؤية المخزون "
"المتوفر بأكمله، باستخدام هذا الرقم التسلسلي. يمكن هنا أيضاً العثور على أي "
"عمليات يتم إجراؤها باستخدام رقم المجموعة هذه أو الرقم التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration dates"
msgstr "تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
"expired products to customers."
msgstr ""
"في أودو، يمكن استخدام *تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية* لإدارة وتتبع دورات حياة "
"المنتجات القابلة للتلف، من الشراء وحتى البيع. يؤدي استخدام تواريخ انتهاء "
"الصلاحية إلى تقليل فقدان المنتجات بسبب انتهاء الصلاحية غير المتوقع، ويساعد "
"على تجنب إرسال المنتجات منتهية الصلاحية إلى العملاء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
"buy and sell perishable products."
msgstr ""
"في أودو، يمكن فقط تخصيص معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية للمنتجات التي يتم تتبعها "
"باستخدام *أرقام المجموعات* و *الأرقام التسلسلية*. بمجرد تعيين رقم المجموعة "
"أو الرقم التسلسلي، يمكن تعيين تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية. يكود ذلك مفيداً بشكل "
"خاص للشركات (مثل الشركات المصنعة للأغذية) التي تقوم بشراء وبيع المنتجات "
"القابلة للتلف بشكل مستمر أو حصري. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
msgstr "تفعيل تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23
msgid ""
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
msgstr ""
"لتفعيل استخدام *تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية*،اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق "
"المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، ومرر لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`قابلية "
"التتبع`. بعد ذلك، اضغط على مربع الاختيار لتفعيل خاصية :guilabel:`أرقام "
"المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد تفعيل هذه الخاصية، سيظهر خيار جديد لتفعيل :guilabel:`تواريخ انتهاء "
"الصلاحية`. اضغط على مربع الاختيار هذا لتفعيل الخاصية، وتأكد "
"من:guilabel:`حفظ` التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
msgstr ""
"تم تفعيل إعدادات أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية وتواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد تفعيل خاصية :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية`، سوف تظهر "
"خصائص إضافية لـ :guilabel:`عرض أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية في إيصالات"
" التسليم`؛ لـ :guilabel:`عرض أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية في "
"الفواتير`؛ ولـ :guilabel:`عرض تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية في إيصالات التسليم`. "
"يساعد تفعيل تلك الخصائص في إمكانية التتبع الشامل، مما يسهل إدارة عمليات سحب "
"المنتج، وتحديد دفعات المنتجات \"السيئة\"، والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
msgstr "تهيئة تواريخ انتهاء صلاحية المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد تفعيل خاصيتَي :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` و "
":guilabel:``تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية` في إعدادات تطبيق *المخزون*، يمكن تهيئة "
"معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية لدى المنتجات الفردية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> "
"المنتجات`، وقم بتحديد منتج لتحريره. يؤدي تحديد منتج ما إلى الكشف عن استمارة "
"المنتج لذلك العنصر بالتحديد. بمجرد الوصول إلى استمارة المنتج، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تحرير` في الزاوية العلوية اليسرى لإجراء التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53
msgid ""
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"حتى يتم تعقبها باستخدام أرقام المجموعات أو الأرقام التسلسلية، أو لتهيئة "
"معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية، *يجب* أن تحتوي المنتجات على :guilabel:`نوع منتج` "
"معين على النحو التالي :guilabel:`منتج قابل للتخزين` ضمن علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`المعلومات العامة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، انقر فوق علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Inventory`، ثم قم بالتمرير لأسفل "
"إلى قسم :guilabel:`Traceability`. من هنا، تأكد من تحديد إما :guilabel:`By "
"Unique Serial Number` أو :guilabel:`By Lots`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
"appears to the right."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم ذلك، تظهر خانة اختيار جديدة :guilabel:`Expiration Date` والتي "
"يجب النقر عليها أيضًا. عندما يتم تمكين كليهما، يظهر حقل :guilabel:`Dates` "
"جديد على اليمين."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
msgstr ""
"إذا كان المنتج يحتوي على مخزون متاح قبل تنشيط التتبع حسب الدفعات أو الأرقام "
"التسلسلية، فقد يلزم إجراء تعديل المخزون لتعيين أرقام الدفعة للمخزون الحالي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
msgstr ""
"لمعالجة كميات كبيرة من المنتجات في الإيصالات أو عمليات التسليم، يوصى بالتتبع"
" باستخدام الدفعات، بحيث يمكن إرجاع منتجات متعددة إلى نفس الدفعة، في حالة "
"ظهور أي مشكلات."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
"information to configure for the product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:``مدة انتهاء الصلاحية``: عدد الأيام التي تلي استلام المنتجات (إما "
"من البائع أو في المخزون بعد الإنتاج) والتي قد تصبح فيها البضائع خطرة ويجب "
"عدم استخدامها أو استهلاكها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
"dangerous yet."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الأفضل قبل الموعد المحدد`: عدد الأيام التي تسبق تاريخ انتهاء "
"الصلاحية والتي تبدأ فيها البضاعة بالتدهور، **دون** أن تكون بالضرورة خطيرة "
"بعد."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
" particular serial number."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`وقت التنبيه`: عدد الأيام التي تسبق تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية والتي "
"يجب أن يتم فيها إصدار تنبيه على البضائع الموجودة في دفعة معينة أو التي تحتوي"
" على رقم تسلسلي معين. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
"manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""
"تقوم القيم المدخلة في هذه الحقول تلقائيًا بحساب تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية البضائع "
"التي تم إدخالها في المخزون، سواء تم شراؤها من بائع أو تم تصنيعها داخليًا."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
msgstr ""
"إذا لم يتم ملء الحقل :guilabel:`Dates` بأي قيم لمعلومات انتهاء الصلاحية، "
"فيمكن تعيين التواريخ (والدفعات) يدويًا عند الاستلام والتسليم داخل وخارج "
"المستودع. وحتى عند تعيينها، لا يزال من الممكن الكتابة فوقها وتغييرها يدويًا "
"إذا لزم الأمر أيضًا."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"يمكن إنشاء تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية للبضائع **الواردة** مباشرةً من أمر الشراء."
" لإنشاء أمر شراء، انتقل إلى تطبيق :menuselection:`Purchase` وانقر على "
":guilabel:`Create` لإنشاء طلب جديد لعرض الأسعار (RFQ)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107
msgid ""
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""
"اختر الكمية المطلوبة للطلب عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في عمود "
":guilabel:`الكمية`، وانقر على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب`. يؤدي هذا إلى تحويل "
":abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض الأسعار)` إلى أمر شراء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
"assigned lot or serial number."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي النقر على :guilabel:`التحقق من الصحة` قبل تعيين رقم تسلسلي لكميات "
"المنتج المطلوبة إلى ظهور النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:`خطأ المستخدم`. تتطلب "
"النافذة المنبثقة إدخال رقم الدفعة أو الرقم التسلسلي للمنتجات المطلوبة. لا "
"يمكن التحقق من صحة :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض الأسعار)` بدون دفعة معينة أو رقم "
"تسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، انقر فوق أيقونة القائمة :guilabel:`خيارات إضافية` (الهامبرغر) "
"الموجودة في أقصى يمين خط الإنتاج. عند النقر عليه، ستظهر النافذة المنبثقة "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133
msgid ""
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
"the product form (if previously configured)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
"this date can be manually entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"بعد تحديد تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية، ضع علامة على الكميات :guilabel:`Done`، ثم "
"انقر فوق :guilabel:`Confirm` لإغلاق النافذة المنبثقة. وأخيرا، انقر فوق "
":guilabel:`التحقق من الصحة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`; and more."
msgstr ""
"A :guilabel: سيظهر الزر الذكي \"إمكانية التتبع\" عند التحقق من صحة الإيصال. "
"انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Traceability` لرؤية تحديث :guilabel:`تقرير "
"التتبع`، والذي يتضمن: مستند :guilabel:`Reference`؛ يتم تتبع "
":guilabel:`المنتج`؛ the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`; و اكثر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
"(MO) needs to be completed."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أيضًا إنشاء تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية للمنتجات المصنعة داخليًا. لتعيين "
"تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية للمنتجات المصنعة، يجب إكمال أمر التصنيع (MO). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`MO (أمر التصنيع)`، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق التصنيع -->"
" العمليات --> أوامر التصنيع`، وانقر على :guilabel:`إنشاء`. اختر منتجًا "
"لتصنيعه من القائمة المنسدلة لحقل :guilabel:`المنتج`، ثم حدد "
":guilabel:`الكمية` المراد إنتاجها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"لتصنيع منتج، يجب أن تكون هناك مواد للاستهلاك في السطور الموجودة في عمود "
":guilabel:`المنتج`. يمكن تحقيق ذلك إما عن طريق إنشاء :guilabel:`قائمة "
"المواد` لـ :guilabel:`المنتج`، أو إضافة المواد يدويًا للاستهلاك من خلال "
"النقر على :guilabel:`إضافة سطر`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174
msgid ""
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
"automatically assign a new lot number."
msgstr ""
"بجوار :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`، إما أن تحدد رقم دفعة موجود من القائمة "
"المنسدلة، أو انقر فوق علامة :guilabel:`+` الخضراء لتعيين رقم دفعة جديد "
"تلقائيًا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177
msgid ""
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
"form for that specific number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183
msgid ""
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"في تلك النافذة المنبثقة، ضمن علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Dates`، يتم عرض جميع "
"معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية التي تم تكوينها مسبقًا للمنتج. تتوفر هذه المعلومات "
"نفسها أيضًا في نموذج التفاصيل الخاص بهذا المنتج المحدد، أو من خلال الانتقال "
"إلى :menuselection:`Inventory app --> المنتجات --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195
msgid ""
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
"create a sales order."
msgstr ""
"يتم بيع المنتجات القابلة للتلف ذات تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية بنفس الطريقة التي "
"يتم بها بيع أي نوع آخر من المنتجات. الخطوة الأولى في بيع المنتجات القابلة "
"للتلف هي إنشاء أمر مبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المبيعات --> إنشاء` لإنشاء عرض "
"أسعار جديد، واملأ المعلومات في نموذج أمر المبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201
msgid ""
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
msgstr ""
"أضف :guilabel:`العميل`، وانقر على :guilabel:`إضافة منتج` لإضافة المنتجات "
"المطلوبة إلى خطوط :guilabel:`المنتج`، وقم بتعيين :guilabel:`الكمية` "
"للمنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""
"ثم انقر فوق علامة التبويب :guilabel:`معلومات أخرى`. ضمن قسم "
":guilabel:`Delivery`، قم بتغيير :guilabel:`تاريخ التسليم` إلى تاريخ بعد "
"التاريخ المتوقع، وانقر على أيقونة :guilabel:`علامة اختيار خضراء` لتأكيد "
"التاريخ. وأخيرًا، انقر فوق :guilabel:`تأكيد` لتأكيد أمر المبيعات."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`التوصيل` الذكي الموجود أعلى أمر المبيعات "
"لرؤية استمارة إيصال المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة إيصال المستودع، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تصديق`، ثم "
":guilabel:`تطبيق` في النافذة المنبثقة المصاحبة، لمعالجة كافة الكميات "
":guilabel:`المنتهية` تلقائياً، وتوصيل المنتجات إلى العميل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215
msgid ""
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم توصيل المنتجات قبل :guilabel:`تاريخ التنبيه` المحدد في استمارة "
"المنتج، فلن يتم إنشاء أي تنبيهات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
"Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:190
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:105
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "عرض تواريخ انتهاؤ الصلاحية لأرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231
msgid ""
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"لعرض (و/أو تجميع) كافة المنتجات مع تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية حسب أرقام "
"المجموعات، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> أرقام "
"المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234
msgid ""
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد الوصول إلى هناك، قم بإزالة أي مرشحات بحث افتراضية من شريط "
":guilabel:`Search...`. بعد ذلك، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Group By`، واختر "
":guilabel:`إضافة مجموعة مخصصة`، وحدد المعلمة :guilabel:`تاريخ انتهاء "
"الصلاحية` من القائمة المنسدلة. وأخيرًا، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Apply` لتطبيق "
"الفلتر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238
msgid ""
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
"the assigned lot number."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى تفكيك كافة المنتجات القابلة للتلف وتواريخ انتهاء "
"صلاحيتها ورقم المجموعة المسند. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
msgstr ""
"صفحة التجميع حسب تواريخ انتهاء صلاحية أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245
msgid "Expiration alerts"
msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247
msgid ""
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"لررؤية تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"المنتجات --> أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249
msgid ""
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
"related to the products."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` به منتجات قابلة للتلف. "
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن استمارة تفاصيل الرقم التسلسلي. في استمارة "
"تفاصيل الرقم التسلسلي، اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`التواريخ` لرؤية كافة "
"معلومات انتهاء الصلاحية المتعلقة بالمنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253
msgid ""
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"لتحرير الاستمارة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحرير` الموجود في الزاوية العلوية "
"إلى يسار الاستمارة، ثم قم بتغيير :guilabel:`تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية` إلى تاريخ"
" اليوم (أو قبل ذلك)، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257
msgid ""
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
msgstr ""
"بعد الحفظ، ستقوم استمارة رقم المجموعة بعرض :guilabel:`تنبيه انتهاء الصلاحية`"
" أعلى الاستمارة للإشارة إلى أن المنتجات في هذه المجموعة إما انتهت فترة "
"صلاحياتها أو على وشك الانتهاء. من هنا، قم بالضغط للعودة إلى صفحة "
":guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية` (عن طريق آثار التتبع). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261
msgid ""
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"لرؤية تنبيه انتهاء الصلاحية الجديد، أو أي تنبيهات لمنتجات قد انتهت صلاحيتها "
"بالفعل (أو ستنتهي صلاحيتها قريباً)، قم بإزالة كافة فلاتر البحث من شريط "
":guilabel:`البحث...` في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام "
"التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`الفلاتر`، ثم قم بتحديد :guilabel:`تنبيهات "
"انتهاء الصلاحية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية للمنتجات التي تجاوزت تاريخ انتهاء صلاحياتها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3
msgid "Lot numbers"
msgstr "أرقام المجموعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They "
"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored,"
" shipped, or manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:11
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common "
"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received "
"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for "
"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
"تكون المجموعات مفيدة عند إدارة كميات كبيرة من المنتجات المصنّعة أو المستلمة،"
" وتساعد في تتبع المنتجات إلى مجموعاتها، خصوصاً عند استدعاء المنتجات أو "
":doc:`تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية <expiration_dates>`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24
msgid ""
"To track products by lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Then,"
" configure each product to be tracked by serial numbers on the product form."
msgstr ""
"لتتبع المنتجات حسب أرقام المجموعات، قم بتمكين خاصية *أرقام المجموعات "
"والأرقام التسلسلية*. بعد ذلك، قم بتهيئة كل منتج ليتم تتبعه حسب الرقم "
"التسلسلي في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:30
msgid ""
"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go"
" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox "
"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"لتتبع المنتجات باستخدام أرقام المجموعات، قم بتفعيل خاصية *أرقام المجموعات "
"والأرقام التسلسلية*. اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة--> "
"الإعدادات`، ثم قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`، واضغط "
"على المربع المجاور لـ :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` . بعد "
"ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ":doc:`تتبع تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية <expiration_dates>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:37
msgid ""
":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`قم بطباعة باركودات GS1 لأرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:46
msgid "Track by lots"
msgstr "التتبع حسب أرقام المجموعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure "
"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a "
"product to configure."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد تفعيل خاصية :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية`، قم بتهيئة "
"المنتجات الفردية ليتم تتبعها باستخدام أرقام المجموعات. للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى"
" :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> المنتجات`، ثم قم بتحديد "
"المنتج الذي ترغب في تهيئته. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة المنتج، اذهب إلى علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون`، ثم في قسم "
":guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`، قم بتحديد خيار التتبع :guilabel:`حسب أرقام "
"المجموعات`، في حقل :guilabel:`التتبع`. يمكن الآن تعيين الأرقام الموجودة "
"والجديدة للدفعات من هذا المنتج التي تم تصنيعها أو استلامها حديثاً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:57
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, use an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` to assign "
"lot numbers to existing products in stock."
msgstr ""
"إذا كان المنتج يحتوي على مخزون متاح قبل تفعيل خاصية التتبع حسب أرقام "
"المجموعات أو الأرقام التسلسلية، استخدم :doc:`تعديل المخزون` "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` لتعيين أرقام"
" المجموعات للمخزون الحالي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
msgstr "تم تفعيل خاصية التتبع حسب أرقام المجموعات في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66
msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "تعيين أرقام المجموعات لشحن واستلام المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68
msgid ""
"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` on the receipt form. When "
"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order "
"form."
msgstr ""
"قم بتعيين أرقام مجموعات جديدة لـ :ref:`البضائع الواردة "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` في استمارة المنتج. عند شحن "
":ref:`البضائع الصادرة <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-delivery>`، "
"حدد المنتجات التي لها أرقام مجموعات محددة في استمارة أمر التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:76
msgid "On receipts"
msgstr "في الإيصالات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:78
msgid ""
"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly"
" on receipts."
msgstr ""
"يمكن تخصيص أرقام مجموعة جديدة أو موجودة بالفعل للبضائع الواردة مباشرة على "
"الإيصالات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ a |PO| for products tracked "
"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that "
"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"للبدء، اذهب إلى تطبيق: `المشتريات` لـ `إنشاء وتأكيد "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_  |أمر الشراء| للمنتجات "
"المتتبعة باستخدام أرقام المجموعات. بعدها، اضغط على الزر "
"الذكي:guilabel:`الإيصال` الذي يظهر أعلى الصفحة للانتقال إلى استمارة إيصال "
"المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban "
"card, and choosing the desired receipt."
msgstr ""
"عوضاً عن ذلك، انتقل إلى إيصال موجود عن طريق الذهاب إلى تطبيق "
":menuselection:`المخزون`، ثم الضغط على بطاقة كانبان لـ "
":guilabel:`الإيصالات`، وقم بتحديد الإيصال المطلوب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers a "
":guilabel:`User Error`, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned "
"before validating the receipt."
msgstr ""
"سيؤدي الضغط على زر:guilabel:`تصديق` قبل تعيين رقم مجموعة إلى تفعيل "
":guilabel:`خطأ في المستخدم`, يشير إلى أن رقم المجموعة **يجب** أن يتم تعيينه "
"قبل تصديق الإيصال. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
msgstr ""
"إضافة النافذة المنبثقة لخطأ المستخدم للأرقام التسلسلية/أرقام المجموعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97
msgid ""
"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, "
"select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product "
"that is tracked by lot numbers."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة الإيصال الموجودة في بند المنتج، في علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`العمليات`، قم بتحديد أيقونة :guilabel:`⦙≣ (قائمة بنقاط)` الموجودة"
" يمين المنتج الذي يتم تتبعه بواسطة أرقام المجموعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr "إظهار أيقونة القائمة التي تحتوي على نقاط في بند المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "The bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr "أيقونة القائمة التي تحتوي على نقاط في بند المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, where the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity are assigned."
msgstr ""
"سيؤدي القيام إلى ذلك إلى فتح نافذة منبثقة لـ :guilabel:`العمليات التفصيلية`،"
" حيث يتم تعيين كل من :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي` والكميات "
":guilabel:`المنتهية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109
msgid ""
"The two ways to assign lot numbers are **manually** and **copy/paste**."
msgstr ""
"طريقتي تعيين أرقام المجموعات هما **يدوياً** وعن طريق **النسخ/اللصق**. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:112
msgid "Manual assignment"
msgstr "التعيين اليدوي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:114
msgid ""
"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and choose the"
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and specify the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity."
msgstr ""
"لتعيين أرقام المجموعات يدوياً، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند`، ثم حدد الموقع"
" الذي سيتم تخزين المنتجات فيه، تحت عمود :guilabel:`إلى`. بعد ذلك، قم بكتابة "
":guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` جديد وحدد الكمية :guilabel:`المنتهية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:119
msgid ""
"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for "
"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Done` column"
" matches the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` at the top."
msgstr ""
"لتعيين عدة أرقام مجموعات أو التخزين في عدة مواقع، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة "
"بند`، وقم بكتابة :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` جديد للكميات الإضافية. قم"
" بتكرار العملية إلى أن يطابق الإجمالي الموجود في عمود :guilabel:`منتهي` "
":guilabel:`الكمية المنتهية` في الأعلى. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
msgstr "تعيين عدد كبير من العمليات التفصيلية المنبثقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:128
msgid "Copy and paste"
msgstr "نسخ ولصق "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:130
msgid ""
"From a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier "
"(or manually chosen to assign upon receipt), click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and proceed to copy and paste the lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"Number` column."
msgstr ""
"من جدول بيانات به كافة أرقام المجموعات التي تم استلامها من المورّد (أو التي "
"تم اختيارها يدوياً لتعيينها عند الاستلام)، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند`، "
"وباشر بنسخ ولصق أرقام المجموعات في عمود :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم "
"التسلسلي`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "قائمة أرقام الكمية المنسوخة على جدول بيانات إكسل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line."
msgstr "تم نسخ أرقام المجموعات إلى بند رقم المجموعة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"Lot numbers copied to the lot number line, with each lot number on its own "
"line."
msgstr ""
"تم نسخ أرقام المجموعات إلى بند رقم المجموعة، ولكل رقم مجموعة البند الخاص به."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:144
msgid ""
"After clicking away from the text field, Odoo automatically generates the "
"necessary lot number lines. The quantities in the :guilabel:`Done` column "
"match the first entry. Manually adjust the :guilabel:`To` locations and "
":guilabel:`Done` quantities for each lot number, as needed."
msgstr ""
"بعد الضغط بعيداً عن حقل النص، يقوم أودو تلقائياً بإنشاء بنود أرقام المجموعات"
" اللازمة. تطابق الكميات الموجودة في عمود الكميات :guilabel:`المنتهية` القيد "
"الأول. قم بتعديل مواقع :guilabel:`إلى` يدوياً والكميات :guilabel:`المنتهية` "
"لكل رقم مجموعة حسب الحاجة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تعيين رقم مجموعة لكافة كميات المنتجات، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق النافذة المنبثقة. بعد ذلك، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تصديق` في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:201
msgid ""
":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers <inventory/product_management/lot-"
"traceability>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157
msgid "On delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159
msgid ""
"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen"
" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for "
"that specific |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`"
" Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order "
"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to"
" the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon"
" reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is chosen, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that "
"particular lot)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179
msgid ""
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
"total quantity."
msgstr ""
"إذا لم يكن هناك مخزون كافٍ في هذه الدفعة، أو إذا كان يجب أخذ كميات جزئية من "
":guilabel:`Demand` من دفعات متعددة، قم بتغيير الكمية في عمود "
":guilabel:`Done` لتشمل فقط هذا الجزء المحدد من الكمية الإجمالية . "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:184
msgid ""
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also "
"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is "
"enough to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a different :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
" Number`, apply the remaining :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
msgstr "نافذة منبثقة مفصلة للعمليات لرقم الدفعة المصدر في أمر المبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:204
msgid "Lot management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:206
msgid ""
"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209
msgid ""
"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down "
"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number"
" to :ref:`modify or add details <inventory/product_management/edit-lot>` "
"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created "
"<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` from this page, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid ""
"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224
msgid "Modify lot"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226
msgid ""
"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a "
"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow "
"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line "
"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated "
"number to any desired one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234
msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: Change the lot number linked to the "
":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: Records an alternative lot/serial number "
"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier "
"manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: Specify the company where the lot number is available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: Add extra details about the lot or serial number in"
" this text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Quantity` fields **cannot** be "
"modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the lot number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:251
msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256
msgid "Reserve lot number for a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258
msgid ""
"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262
msgid ""
"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. "
"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers "
"on receipts <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field "
"on the lot form, and changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"يقوم أودو تلقائياً بإنشاء :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` ليتبع أحدث رقم، "
"ولكن يمكن تحريره وتغييره لأي رقم تريده عن طريق الضغط على البند الموجود تحت "
"حقل :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي` في استمارة رقم المجموعة، وتغيير "
"الرقم الذي تم إنشاؤه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271
msgid ""
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم إنشاء :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` جديد، اضغط على الحقل "
"الفارغ بجانب :guilabel:`المنتج` لإظهار قائمة منسدلة. من هذه القائمة، قم "
"بتحديد المنتج الذي سيتم تعيين هذا الرقم له. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276
msgid "The lot number, `0000011`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
msgstr "استمارة إنشاء رقم مجموعة جديدة مع المنتج الذي تم تعيينه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282
msgid ""
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the "
"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on"
" a receipt <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`, or when making an "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288
msgid ""
"After creating the lot number, `0000011` appears as an option for `Drawer "
"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show how to assign serial numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:296
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
msgstr "إدارة أرقام المجموعات لأنواع العمليات المختلفة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298
msgid ""
"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and "
"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot "
"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:302
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type."
msgstr ""
"لتغيير القدرة على استخدام أرقام المجموعات الجديدة (أو الموجودة) على أي نوع "
"عملية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> أنواع "
"العمليات`، وحدد :guilabel:`نوع العملية` المطلوب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:306
msgid ""
"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers "
"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing "
"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
msgstr "تمكين إعداد قابلية التتبع في استمارة نوع العمليات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315
msgid ""
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
" warehouse receipts."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لعمليات النقل بين المستودعات التي تتضمن منتجات يتم تتبعها بواسطة "
"الدفعات، قد يكون من المفيد تمكين خيار :guilabel: `استخدام الحصص "
"الموجودة/الأرقام التسلسلية` لإيصالات المستودعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it"
" was stored, who it went to (and when)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:326
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"لرؤية إمكانية التتبع الكاملة لمنتج ما أو التجميع حسب أرقام المجموعات، اذهب "
"إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام "
"التسلسلية`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور لوحة بيانات :menuselection:`أرقام "
"المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:330
msgid ""
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
"assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، يتم إدراج المنتجات التي تحتوي على أرقام مجموعات مخصصة لها بشكل "
"افتراضي، ويمكن أيضاً التوسع فيها حتى تُظهِر المجموعات التي تم تخصيصها لها "
"على وجه التحديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:333
msgid ""
"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337
msgid ""
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى عرض كافة أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة، "
"ويمكن توسيعه لعرض كافة كميات المنتجات مع ذلك الرقم المعيّن لها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
msgstr "تقرير تتبع أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345
msgid "Traceability report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:347
msgid ""
"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number "
"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:356
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
msgstr "استخدم الأرقام التسلسلية لتتبع المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" and products."
msgstr ""
"*الأرقام التسلسلية* هي إحدى الطريقتين للتعرف على المنتجات وتتبعها في أودو. "
"الرقم التسلسلي هو معرف فريد يتم تعيينه بشكل متزايد (أو تسلسلياً) لعنصر أو "
"منتج، ويستخدم لتمييزه عن العناصر والمنتجات الأخرى. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أن تتكون الأرقام التسلسلية من العديد من أنواع الأحرف المختلفة: يمكن أن "
"تكون رقمية تماماً، أو يمكن أن تحتوي على أحرف ورموز مطبعية أخرى، أو يمكن أن "
"تكون مزيجاً من كل ما سبق. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""
"الهدف من تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية للمنتجات الفردية هو التأكد من إمكانية "
"التعرف على تاريخ كل عنصر عند انتقاله عبر سلسلة التوريد. يمكن أن يكون ذلك "
"مفيداً بشكل خاص للشركات المصنعة التي تقدم خدمات ما بعد البيع للمنتجات التي "
"تبيعها وقوم بتوصيلها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22
msgid ""
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"لتتبع المنتجات باستخدام الأرقام التسلسلية، يجب أن تكون خاصية :guilabel:` "
"أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` مفعلة. اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق "
"المخزون --> التهيئة--> الإعدادات`، ثم قم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم "
":guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`، واضغط على المربع المجاور لـ :guilabel:`أرقام "
"المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية` . بعد ذلك لا تنس الضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` "
"لحفظ التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
msgstr "تم تمكين إعدادات أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة خاصية تتبع الرقم التسلسلي لدى المنتجات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"choose a desired product to track."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم تفعيل إعداد :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات والأرقام التسلسلية`، "
"سيكون بالإمكان تتبع المنتجات الفردية باستخدام الأرقام التسلسلية. للقيام "
"بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> المنتجات`، وقم"
" باختيار المنتج المراد تتبعه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
msgstr ""
"عندما تصل إلى استمارة المنتج، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحرير`، ثم اضغط على "
"علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
"of this product."
msgstr ""
"عندما تصل إلى استمارة المنتج، اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`، ثم انتقل إلى علامة"
" تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون`، وقم بالتمرير إلى أسفل إلى أن تصل إلى قسم "
":guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`. بعد ذلك، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`حسب الرقم "
"التسلسلي الفريد`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات. يمكن الآن "
"تحديد الأرقام التسلسلية الجديدة والموجودة بالفعل وتعيينها في مجموعات "
"المنتجات التي تم استلامها أو تصنيعها للتو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
msgstr "تم تفعيل خاصية تتبع الأرقام التسلسلية على استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52
msgid ""
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"إذا لم يكن للمنتج رقم تسلسلي معيّن له، ستظهر نافذة منبثقة تُظهِر خطأً لدى "
"المستخدم. تفيد رسالة الخطأ بأن المنتجات الموجودة في المخزون ليست لها أرقام "
"مجموعات/أرقام تسلسلية، ولكن، يمكن تعيين رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي للمنتج عن طريق"
" إجراء تعديل المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
msgstr "قم بإنشاء أرقام تسلسلية جديدة للمنتجات المتاحة بالفعل في المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59
msgid ""
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
"يمكن إنشاء أرقام تسلسلية جديدة للمنتجات الموجودة في المخزون بالفعل دون أن "
"يتم تعيين رقم تسلسلي. للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> "
"المنتجات --> أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`إنشاء`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن استمارة رقم مجموعة/رقم "
"تسلسلي جديدة، يتم فيها إنشاء :guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي` "
"تلقائياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
"changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"يقوم أودو تلقائياً بإنشاء رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي ليتبع أحدث رقم، ولكن يمكن "
"تحريره وتغييره لأي رقم تريده عن طريق الضغط على البند الموجود تحت حقل "
":guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي`، وتغيير الرقم الذي تم إنشاؤه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم إنشاء :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي`، اضغط على الحقل الفارغ "
"بجانب :guilabel:`المنتج` لإظهار قائمة منسدلة. من هذه القائمة، قم بتحديد "
"المنتج الذي سيتم تعيين هذا الرقم له. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid ""
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
"website environment)."
msgstr ""
"تمنحك هذه الاستمارة أيضاً خيار ضبط :guilabel:`الكمية`، وتعيين رقم "
":guilabel:`مرجع داخلي` فريد (لأغراض التتبع)، وتعيين تهيئة رقم المجموعة/الرقم"
" التسلسلي هذا بالتحديد لموقع إلكتروني محدد في حقل :guilabel:`الموقع "
"الإلكتروني` (إذا كنت تعمل في بيئة متعددة المواقع). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78
msgid ""
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أيضاً إضافة وصف تفصيلي لرقم المجموعة المحددة/الرقم التسلسلي في علامة "
"تبويب :guilabel:`الوصف` أدناه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"عند اكتمال كافة التهيئات المطلوبة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ كافة "
"التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
msgstr "رقم تسلسلي جديد تم إنشاؤه لمخزون المنتج المتاح. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87
msgid ""
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
msgstr ""
"بعد إنشاء رقم تسلسلي جديد وحفظه وتعيينه للمنتج المطلوب، انتقل مرة أخرى إلى "
"استمارة المنتج، عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`المنتجات --> المنتجات`، "
"واختيار المنتج الذي تم تعيين الرقم التسلسلي الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثاً للتو من "
"أجله. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
"smart button to view the new serial number."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة تفاصيل المنتج، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`أرقام "
"المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية` لعرض الرقم التسلسلي الجديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "إدارة الأرقام التسلسلية للشحن ولاستلام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
"sales order form."
msgstr ""
"يمكن تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية لكل من البضائع **الواردة** و **الصادرة**. "
"بالنسبة للسلع الواردة، يتم تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية مباشرةً في استمارة أمر "
"الشراء. بالنسبة للبضائع الصادرة، يتم تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية مباشرة في "
"استمارة أمر البيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
msgstr "قم بإدارة الأرقام التسلسلية في الإيصالات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
" purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""
"يمكن تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية للبضائع **الواردة** مباشرة من أمر الشراء (PO). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
"form."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`PO (أمر شراء)`، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المشتريات --> "
"إنشاء`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن استمارة طلب عرض سعر (RFQ) جديد فارغ. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109
msgid ""
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
msgstr ""
"في استمارة :abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض السعر)` هذه، قم بتعبئة المعلومات الضرورية عن "
"طريق إضافة :guilabel:`مورّد`، وإضافة المنتجات المطلوبة إلى بنود "
":guilabel:`المنتج`، عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:` إضافة منتج` تحت علامة "
"تبويب :guilabel:`المنتجات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"اختر الكمية المطلوبة من المنتج الذي سيتم طلبه عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في"
" عمود :guilabel:`الكمية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116
msgid ""
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""
"عند اكتمال التهيئات المطلوبة، اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب`. سيحوّل ذلك "
":abbr:`RFQ (طلب عرض السعر)` إلى أمر شراء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`الإيصال` حتى تنتقل إلى صفحة استمارة "
"المستودع لـ :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` المحدد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
"without a serial number being assigned."
msgstr ""
"سيؤدي الضغط على زر :guilabel:`التصديق` قبل تعيين رقم تسلسلي لكميات المنتج "
"المطلوبة إلى ظهور النافذة المنبثقة :guilabel:`خطأ المستخدِم`. تتطلب النافذة "
"المنبثقة إدخال رقم المجموعة أو الرقم التسلسلي للمنتجات المطلوبة. :abbr:`RFQ "
"(طلب عرض السعر)` **لا يمكن** تصديقه دون تعيين الرقم التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
msgstr ""
"نافذة منبثقة تظهر عندما يكون هناك خطأً في المستخدِم، تطلب منك إدخال الرقم "
"التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، انقر فوق القائمة :guilabel:`خيارات إضافية`، الممثلة بأيقونة "
"`hamburger` (أربعة خطوط أفقية، تقع على يمين عمود :guilabel:`وحدة القياس` في "
"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`العمليات` ). يؤدي النقر فوق هذا الرمز إلى ظهور "
"نافذة منبثقة :guilabel:`Detailed Operations`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
"up."
msgstr ""
"في هذه النافذة المنبثقة، قم بتهيئة عدد من الحقول المختلفة، شاملة تعيين رقم "
"تسلسلي (أو أرقام تسلسلية) تحت عمود :guilabel:`اسم رقم المجموعة/الرقم "
"التسلسلي` الموجود أسفل النافذة المنبثقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid ""
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
" a spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
"توجد ثلاث طرق للقيام بذلك: تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية يدوياً، تعيين الأرقام "
"التسلسلية تلقائياً، ونسخ/لصق الأرقام التسلسلية من جدول البيانات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
msgstr "تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية تدوياً "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
msgstr ""
"لتعيين الأرقام التسلسلية يدوياً، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند` من النافذة "
"المنبثقة :guilabel:`العمليات التفصيلية`، وقم أولاً بتحديد الموقع الذي سيتم "
"تخزين المنتج فيه، تحت عمود :guilabel:`إلى`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150
msgid ""
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
msgstr ""
"بعدها، قم بكتابة :guilabel:`اسم رقم تسلسلي` جديد وعيّن الكمية "
":guilabel:`المنتهية` في الأعمدة المناسبة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153
msgid ""
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
msgstr ""
"كرر هذه العملية لكمية المنتجات التي تظهر في حقل :guilabel:`الكمية المطلوبة` "
"إلى أن يقوم حقل :guilabel:`الكمية المنتهية` بعرض العدد الصحيح (المطابق) "
"للمنتجات التي تمت معالجتها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
msgstr "تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية تلقائياً "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159
msgid ""
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
"the individual products."
msgstr ""
"إذا كانت كمية كبيرة من المنتجات بحاجة إلى أن يتم تعيين أرقام تسلسلية فردية "
"لها، بإمكان أودو إنشاء وتعيين أرقام تسلسلية تلقائياً لكل منتج من المنتجات "
"الفردية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162
msgid ""
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
msgstr ""
"لتحقيق ذلك، ابدأ بحقل :guilabel:`أول رقم تسلسلي` في النافذة المنبثقة لـ "
":guilabel:`العمليات التفصيلية`، ثم قم بكتابة أول رقم تسلسلي بالترتيب الذي "
"تريد التعيين به. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، في حقل :guilabel:`عدد الأرقام التسلسلية`، اكتب إجمالي عدد البضائع "
"التي تحتاج إلى أن يتم تعيين أرقام تسلسلية فريدة من أجلها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
msgstr ""
"وأخيراً، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية`، وستظهر قائمة تحتوي"
" على الأرقام التسلسلية المطابقةللكمية التي تم طلبها من المنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
msgstr "تعيين الرقم التسلسلي في النافذة المنبثقة للعمليات التفصيلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
msgstr "قم بنسخ/لصق الأرقام التسلسلية من جدول البيانات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178
msgid ""
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
"column."
msgstr ""
"لنسخ ولصق الأرقام التسلسلية من جدول بيانات موجود، قم أولاً بتعبئة جدول "
"بيانات بكافة الأرقام التسلسلية التي تم استلامها من المورّد (أو التي تم "
"اختيارها يدوياً عند الاستلام)، ثم قم بنسخها ولصقها في عمود :guilabel:`اسم "
"رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي`. سيقوم أودو تلقائياً بإنشاء العدد المطلوب من "
"البنود بناءً على كمية الأرقام التي لم لصقها في العمود. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183
msgid ""
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، يمكنك إدخال مواقع :guilabel:`إلى` والكميات :guilabel:`المنتهية` "
"يدوياً في كل بند من بنود الرقم التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "قائمة بالأرقام التسلسلية التي تم نسخها في جداول بيانات Excel. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191
msgid ""
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لأوامر الشراء التي تتضمن كميات كبيرة من المنتجات التي سيتم استلامها،"
" فإن أفضل طريقة لتعيين الرقم التسلسلي هي تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية تلقائياً "
"باستخدام زر :guilabel:`تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية` الموجود في :abbr:`PO (أمر "
"الشراء)`. يؤدي ذلك إلى منع إعادة استخدام أي أرقام تسلسلية أو تكرارها، "
"ويُحسّن تقارير إمكانية التتبع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تعيين رقم تسلسلي لكافة كميات المنتجات، اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق النافذة المنبثقة. بعد ذلك، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تصديق`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"يظهر زر :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` الذكي عند تصديق الإيصال. اضغط على الزر "
"الذكي :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` لرؤية :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع`, المحدث، "
"والذي يحتوي على: مستند :guilabel:`المرجع`، :guilabel:`المنتج` الذي يتم "
"تتبعه، و :guilabel:`عدد أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`، والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن يتم تعيين رقم تسلسلي لكافة كميات المنتجات، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق النافذة المنبثقة، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق`. "
"سيظهر زر ذكي لـ :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` عند تصديق الإيصال. اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` الذكي لرؤية :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع` المحدث، والذي"
" يشمل: مستند :guilabel:`المرجع`،  :guilabel:`المنتج` الذي يتم تتبعه،  "
":guilabel:`عدد الأرقام التسلسلية/أرقام المجموعات`، والمزيد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
msgstr "قم بإدارة الأرقام التسلسلية في أوامر التوصيل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
" sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""
"يمكن تعيين الأرقام التسلسلية للبضائع **الصادرة** مباشرة من أمر البيع (SO). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215
msgid ""
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`SO (أمر بيع)`، انتقل إلى تطبيق :menuselection:`المبيعات`، ثم "
"اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن استمارة عرض سعر"
" فارغة جديدة. قم بتعبئة المعلومات المطلوبة في استمارة عرض السعر تلك، عن طريق"
" إضافة :guilabel:`العميل`، والمنتجات إلى بنود :guilabel:`المنتج` (في علامة "
"تبويب :guilabel:`بنود الطلب`)، بالنقر فوق :guilabel:`إضافة  منتج`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221
msgid ""
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"ثم اختر الكمية المطلوبة للبيع عن طريق تغيير الرقم الموجود في العمود "
":guilabel:`Quantity`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
" appears."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن تتم تعبئة عرض السعر، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تأكيد` لتأكيد عرض "
"السعر. عندما يتم تأكيد عرض السعر، يتحول عرض السعر إلى :abbr:`SO (أمر بيع)`، "
"وسيظهر زر ذكي لـ :guilabel:`التوصيل`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Delivery` لعرض نموذج إيصال المستودع الخاص "
"بهذا :abbr:`SO (أمر المبيعات)`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234
msgid ""
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
msgstr ""
"في النافذة المنبثقة، سيتم اختيار :guilabel:`رقم مجموعة/رقم تسلسلي` بشكل "
"افتراضي مع كل منتج من إجمالي الكمية :guilabel:`المحجوزة` المدرجة مع أرقامها "
"التسلسلية الفريدة (ستكون على الأغلب مدرجة بترتيب تسلسلي). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238
msgid ""
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""
"لتغيير الرقم التسلسلي لمنتج ما يدوياً، اضغط على القائمة المنسدلة تحت "
":guilabel:`رقم المجموعة/الرقم التسلسلي`، ثم قم باختيار (أو كتابة) الرقم "
"التسلسلي المطلوب. بعدها، حدد الكميات :guilabel:`المنتهية` ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تأكيد` لإغلاق النافذة المنبثقة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr "وأخيراً، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تصديق` لتوصيل المنتجات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
msgstr "الأرقام التسلسلية مدرجة في النافذة المنبثقة للعمليات التفصيلية. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248
msgid ""
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
msgstr ""
"عند تصديق أمر التوصيل، يظهر الزر الذكي لـ :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع`. اضغط "
"على زر :guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` لرؤية :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع` المحدث، "
"والذي يتضمن: مستند :guilabel:`المرجع` و :guilabel:`المنتج` الذي يتم تتبعه، و"
" :guilabel:`التاريخ` و :guilabel:`عدد أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية` "
"التي تم تعيينها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"يمكن أن يتضمن :guilabel:`تقرير التتبع` أيضاً إيصالاً :guilabel:`مرجعياً` من "
"أمر الشراء السابق (PO)، إذا كانت أي من كميات المنتج تشترك في الرقم التسلسلي "
"المعين أثناء استلام :abbr:`PO ( أمر الشراء)` هذا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
msgstr "إدارة الأرقام التسلسلية لأنواع العمليات المختلفة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260
msgid ""
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
" used."
msgstr ""
"بشكل افتراضي في أودو، لا يُسمح بإنشاء أرقام تسلسلية جديدة إلا عند **استلام**"
" المنتجات من أمر الشراء. لا يمكن استخدام الأرقام التسلسلية **الموجودة** "
"بالفعل. بالنسبة لأوامر البيع، يكون العكس هو الصحيح: لا يمكن إنشاء أرقام "
"تسلسلية جديدة في أمر التوصيل، ويمكن استخدام الأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة فقط. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""
"لتغيير إمكانية استخدام أرقام تسلسلية جديدة (أو الموجودة) في أي نوع عملية، "
"اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة--> أنواع العمليات`، وحدد "
":guilabel:`نوع العملية` المطلوب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لنوع عملية :guilabel:`الإيصالات`، الموجود في صفحة :guilabel:`أنواع "
"العمليات`، يمكن تفعيل خيار :guilabel:`استخدام أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام "
"التسلسلية الموجودة`، عن طريق تحديد :guilabel:`الإيصالات` من صفحة :guilabel: "
"`أنواع العمليات`، ثم الضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`، ثم مربع الاختيار الموجود "
"بجوار خيار :guilabel:`استخدام أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية الموجودة` "
"(في قسم :guilabel:`إمكانية التتبع`). وأخيراً، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` "
"لحفظ التغييرات.  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة لنوع عملية :guilabel:`أوامر التوصيل`، الموجود في صفحة "
":guilabel:`أنواع العمليات`، يمكن تفعيل خيار :guilabel:`إنشاء أرقام "
"مجموعات/أرقام تسلسلية جديدة`، عن طريق تحديد :guilabel:`أوامر التوصيل` من "
"صفحة :guilabel: `أنواع العمليات`، ثم الضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`، ثم مربع "
"الاختيار الموجود بجوار خيار :guilabel:`إنشاء أرقام مجموعات/أرقام تسلسلية "
"جديدة` (في قسم :guilabel:`إمكانية التتبع`). وأخيراً، اضغط على زر "
":guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات.  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
msgstr "تمكين إعداد قابلية التتبع في استمارة نوع العمليات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286
msgid "Serial number traceability"
msgstr "قابلية تتبع الرقم التسلسلي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
"stored, and who it went to."
msgstr ""
"بإمكان المُصنّعين والشركات الاستعانة بتقارير التتبع لرؤية دورة حياة المنتج "
"بأكملها: مثل مصدره (وتاريخ إنتاجه) وأين تم تخزينه والشخص الذي تم إرسال "
"المنتج إليه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"لرؤية إمكانية التتبع الكاملة لمنتج ما، أو تجميع المنتجات حسب الأرقام "
"التسلسلية، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> المنتجات --> أرقام "
"المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور لوحة بيانات "
":guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295
msgid ""
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
"specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"من هنا، يتم إدراج المنتجات التي تحتوي على أرقام تسلسلية مخصصة لها بشكل "
"افتراضي. ويمكن أيضاً التوسع فيها حتى تُظهِر الأرقام التسلسلية التي تم "
"تخصيصها لها على وجه التحديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298
msgid ""
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"للتجميع حسب الأرقام التسلسلية (أو أرقام المجموعات)، قم أولاً بإزالة أي فلاتر"
" افتراضية من شريط البحث في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليمين. بعد ذلك، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`التجميع حسب`، وقم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إضافة مجموعة مخصصة`، "
"والذي يكشف عن قائمة منسدلة صغيرة. من هذه القائمة المنسدلة الصغيرة، قم بتحديد"
" :guilabel:`أرقام المجموعات/الأرقام التسلسلية`، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تطبيق`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن كافة الأرقام التسلسلية وأرقام المجموعات "
"الموجودة، ويمكن التوسّع فيها لإظهار كافة كميات المنتج التي تم تخصيص هذا "
"الرقم لها. بالنسبة للأرقام التسلسلية الفريدة التي لا يُعاد استخدامها، يجب أن"
" يكون هناك منتج واحد فقط لكل رقم تسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
msgstr "صفحة تقارير الأرقام التسلسلية مع قوائم منسدلة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"للمزيد من المعلومات حول  رقم تسلسلي (أو رقم مجموعة) فردي، اضغط على البند "
"الخاص بالرقم التسلسلي للكشف عن استمارة :guilabel:`الرقم التسلسلي` لهذا الرقم"
" المحدد. من هذه الاستمارة، اضغط على الزرين الذكيين :guilabel:`الموقع` "
"و:guilabel:`قابلية التتبع` لرؤية المخزون المتوفر بأكمله، باستخدام هذا الرقم "
"التسلسلي. يمكنك هنا أيضاً العثور على أي عمليات يتم إجراؤها باستخدام هذا "
"الرقم التسلسلي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5
msgid "Shipping and receiving"
msgstr "الشحن والاستلام "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6
msgid "Inbound and outbound flows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""
"توجد عدة طرق للتعامل مع كيفية استلام المستودع للمنتجات (الإيصالات) وشحن "
"المنتجات (عمليات التسليم). بناءً على عدة عوامل، كنوع المنتجات المخزنة "
"والمباعة، وحجم المستودع، وكمية الإيصالات المؤكدة اليومية وأوامر التسليم، قد "
"تختلف طريقة التعامل مع المنتجات عند الدخول والخروج من المستودع كثيراً. يمكن "
"تهيئة إعدادات مختلفة للإيصالات والتسليمات؛ ليس من الضروري أن تتم تهيئتها "
"للحصول على نفس عدد الخطوات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr ""
"`استخدام المسارات (درس تعلّم إلكتروني) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-routes-1018>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""
"`قواعد الدفع والسحب (درس تعلّم إلكتروني) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr ""
"اختيار مراحل سير عمليات المخزون المناسبة لمعالجة الإيصالات وعمليات التوصيل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""
"افتراضياً، يتعامل أودو مع الشحن والاستلام بثلاث طرق مختلفة: في خطوة واحدة أو"
" خطوتين أو ثلاث خطوات. التهيئة الأبسط هي خطوة واحدة، وهو الإعداد الافتراضي. "
"ستضيف كل خطوة إضافية مطلوبة للمستودع لعملية الاستلام أو الشحن طبقة إضافية من"
" العمليات ليتم تنفيذها قبل استلام المنتج أو شحنه. تعتمد هذه التهيئات بشكل "
"كامل على متطلبات المنتجات المخزنة، مثل إجراء فحوصات الجودة على المنتجات "
"المستلمة، أو استخدام عبوات خاصة على المنتجات المشحونة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step "
"<receipts_delivery_one_step>` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, "
"and update the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42
msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, "
"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the "
"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the "
"delivery order associated with the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
"another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:76
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
" packing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
msgid ""
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
"output location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:116
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr "معالجة عملية التوصيل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"سيكون أمر التوصيل جاهزاً للمعالجة بمجرد اكتمال التعبئة، وستجده في لوحة "
"بيانات :guilabel:`النظرة العامة` لتطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`. اضغط على "
"الزر الذكي :guilabel:`1 للمعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`لأوامر "
"التوصيل`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
msgstr "ستجد أمر التوصيل في نافذة عرض كانبان لأوامر التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على أمر التوصيل المرتبط بأمر البيع، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` "
"لإكمال الحركة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على تصديق في أمر التوصيل لنقل المنتج من موقع الإخراج إلى\n"
"موقع العميل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:134
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق أمر التوصيل، يغادر المنتج موقع "
":guilabel:`المستودع/الإخراج` وينتقل إلى موقع :guilabel:`الوكلاء/العملاء`. "
"عندها، ستتغير حالة المستند إلى:guilabel:`تم الانتهاء`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
msgstr "استخدم خاصية إحالة الشحن للشحن مباشرة من المورّدين إلى العملاء "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"إحالة الشحن عبارة عن استراتيجية لتلبية الطلبات تتيح للباعة شحن البضائع "
"مباشرة من المورّدين إلى العملاء.  عادة، يقوم البائع بشراء منتج من المورّد ثم"
" يقوم بتخزينه في مخزونه الخاص ثم شحنه إلى العميل عند الطلب. عند إحالة الشحن،"
" يكون المورّد مسؤولاً عن تخزين البضائع وشحنها. يفيد ذلك البائع من خلال تقليل"
" تكاليف المخزون، والتي تتضمن سعر تشغيل المستودعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:12
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr "تهيئة المنتجات التي ستتم إحالة شحنها "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"لاستخدتم إحالة الشحن كاستراتيجية لتلبية الطلبات، انتقل إلى تطبيق "
":menuselection:`المشتريات` وقم بتحديد :menuselection:`التهيئة --> "
"الإعدادات`. تحت ترويسة :guilabel:`اللوجستيات` اضغط على مربع اختيار "
":guilabel:`إحالة الشحن` ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` للانتهاء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:43
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
"(Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
"confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, "
"the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
"upon shipment arrival."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how"
" products move through specified warehouse locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
"efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval "
"for future delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can "
"also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by "
"directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Define putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43
msgid ""
"Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or "
"package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50
msgid ""
"For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*"
" of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside "
"`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-"
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57
msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58
msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60
msgid ""
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63
msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70
msgid "Putaway rule priority"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72
msgid ""
"Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from "
"highest to lowest) until a match is found:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Package type and product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76
msgid "Package type and product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79
msgid "Product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it "
"is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when "
"receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected"
" to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88
msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90
msgid ""
"Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small"
" Refrigerator`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "One-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
"step receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""
"افتراضياً، تتم تهيئة الشحنات الواردة ليتم استلامها مباشرة في المخزون، وتتم "
"تهيئة الشحنات الصادرة ليتم تسليمها مباشرة من المخزون إلى العميل؛ الإعداد "
"الافتراضي للمستودعات في أودو هو الاستلام والتسليم في خطوة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:10
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
"three steps."
msgstr ""
"لا تحتاج الشحنات الواردة والصادرة إلى أن تتم تهيئتها بنفس الخطوات. على سبيل "
"المثال، يمكن استلام المنتجات بخطوة واحدة، ولكن يتم شحنها في ثلاث خطوات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""
"في المثال التالي، سيتم استخدام خطوة واحدة لكلتا عمليتَي الاستلام والتوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
msgstr "تهيئة المستودع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
msgid ""
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم إعداد التهيئة لعملية استلام أو شحن أخرى في المستودع، يمكن إرجاعها "
"بسهولة إلى الإعداد الذي يتألف من خطوة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` "
"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"ابدأ عن طريق التنقل إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> المستودعات`،"
" ثم اضغط على المستودع المطلوب لتحريره. بعد ذلك، في علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`تهيئة المستودع`، ضمن قسم :guilabel:`الشحنات`، قم بتحديد خيار "
":guilabel:`استلام البضائع مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)` لـ :guilabel:`الشحنات "
"الواردة` و/أو :guilabel: `تسليم البضائع مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)` لـ "
":guilabel:`الشحنات الصادرة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
"step."
msgstr ""
"قم بضبط خيارات الشحنات الواردة والصادرة حتى تقوم بالاستلام والتسليم في خطوة "
"واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "استلام البضاعة مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr "إنشاء أمر شراء "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
msgstr ""
"في لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق :menuselection:`المشتريات`، ابدأ بإنشاء عرض"
" سعر جديد عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`جديد`. بعد ذلك، حدد (أو أنشئ) "
":guilabel:`المورّد` من الحقل المنسدل، وأضف :guilabel:`منتجاً` قابلاً للتخزين"
" إلى بنود الطلب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب` لإتمام عرض السعر كأمر "
"شراء جديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"receipt for the purchase order."
msgstr ""
"سيظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`للاستلام` في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار من "
"استمارة :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` — اضغط عليه للكشف عن عملية الاستلام المتعلقة"
" بأمر الشراء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
msgstr "يظهر الزر الذكي للإيصال على أمر الشراء المؤكد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"ستجد إيصالات أمر الشراء أيضاً في لوحة بيانات تطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`."
" في لوحة بيانات  :guilabel:`النظرة العامة`، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`#"
" بانتظار المعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`الإيصالات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr "الزر الذكي \"1 للمعالجة\" في بطاقة كانبان الخاصة بالإيصال. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
msgid "Process the receipt"
msgstr "معالجة الإيصال "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63
msgid ""
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
msgstr ""
"عند عرض الإيصال (المرتبط بأمر الشراء أعلاه)، اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` "
"لإكمال الإيصال. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
msgstr "قم بتصديق أمر الشراء عن طريق الزر الذكي \"تصديق\". "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid ""
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
"pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
"reception process in one step."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق الإيصال، يغادر المنتج :guilabel:`موقع المورّد` ويدخل "
":guilabel:`موقع المستودع/المخزون`. بمجرد وصوله إلى هنا، سيكون متاحاً للتصنيع"
" والمبيعات وما إلى ذلك. بعد ذلك، ستتغير حالة المستند إلى :guilabel:`تم "
"الانتهاء`، وبذلك تكتمل عملية الاستلام في خطوة واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "توصيل البضاعة مباشرة (خطوة واحدة) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91
msgid ""
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
msgstr ""
"ابدأ بالتنقل إلى لوحة البيانات الرئيسية لتطبيق :menuselection:`المبيعات`، "
"وقم بإنشاء عرض سعر جديد عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`جديد`. بعد ذلك، حدد (أو"
" أنشئ) :guilabel:`العميل` من الحقل المنسدل، وأضف :guilabel:`منتجاً` متوفراً "
"وقابلاً للتخزين إلى بنود الطلب، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد` لإتمام عرض "
"السعر كأمر بيع جديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"delivery order for the sales order."
msgstr ""
"سيظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`للتوصيل` في الزاوية العلوية إلى اليسار من "
"استمارة :abbr:`SO (أمر البيع)` — اضغط عليه للكشف عن أمر التوصيل المتعلق بأمر"
" البيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"ستجد أوامر التوصيل أيضاً في لوحة بيانات تطبيق :menuselection:`المخزون`. في "
"لوحة بيانات  :guilabel:`النظرة العامة`، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`# "
"بانتظار المعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`أوامر التوصيل`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr "الزر الذكي \"1 للمعالجة\" في بطاقة كانبان الخاصة بأوامر التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:192
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr "معالجة التوصيل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
msgid ""
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
msgstr ""
"عند عرض أمر التوصيل (المرتبط بأمر الشراء أعلاه)، اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` "
"لإكمال عملية التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
msgstr "تصديق أمر التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125
msgid ""
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق أمر الانتقاء، يغادر المنتج :guilabel:`موقع "
"المستودع/المخزون` وينتقل إلى موقع :guilabel:`الوكلاء/العملاء`. عندها، ستتغير"
" حالة المستند إلى :guilabel:`تم الانتهاء`، وبذلك تكتمل عملية التوصيل في خطوة"
" واحدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
msgstr ""
"بناءً على عمليات الأعمال الخاصة بالشركة، قد تكون هناك حاجة إلى خطوات متعددة "
"قبل استلام المنتجات أو شحنها. في عملية الاستلام المكونة من خطوتين، يتم "
"استلام المنتجات في منطقة الإدخال، ثم يتم نقلها إلى المخزون. تعمل الإيصالات "
"المكونة من خطوتين بشكل أفضل عند استخدام مواقع تخزين مختلفة، مثل المناطق "
"المغلقة أو المؤمنة، أو الثلاجات والبرادات، أو الأرفف المختلفة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
" into stock."
msgstr ""
"يمكن فرز المنتجات وفقاً للمكان الذي سيتم تخزينها فيه، وبوسع الموظفين تخزين "
"كافة المنتجات ونقلها إلى موقع محدد. المنتجات غير متاحة للمزيد من المعالجة "
"إلى أن يتم نقلها إلى المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:14
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
msgstr ""
"في عملية التسليم المكونة من خطوتين، يتم انتقاء المنتجات التي تشكل جزءاً من "
"أمر التوصيل من المستودع وفقاً لاستراتيجية الإزالة الخاصة بها، ويتم إحضارها "
"إلى موقع الإخراج قبل شحنها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing shipments"
" do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, products can be "
"received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the following example, "
"two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"أولاً، تأكد من تمكين خيار :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة الخطوات` في "
":menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، تحت عنوان "
":guilabel:`المخزون`. بعد تمكين الإعداد، قم بـ :guilabel:`حفظ` التغييرات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
"steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:57
msgid ""
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location "
"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if "
"necessary)."
msgstr ""
"سيؤدي تفعيل عمليات الاستلام والتوصيل المكونة من خطوتين إلى إنشاء مواقع "
"*إدخال* و*إخراج* جديدة، والتي يتم تصنيفها بشكل افتراضي كـ: "
":guilabel:`WH/Input` و :guilabel:`WH/Output`، على التوالي، على :guilabel: "
"لوحة بيانات \"المواقع\". لإعادة تسمية تلك المواقع، اذهب إلى "
":menuselection:`التهيئة --> المواقع`، وحدد :guilabel:`الموقع` الذي ترغب في "
"تغييره. في استمارة الموقع، قم بتحديث :guilabel:`اسم الموقع`، وقم بإجراء أي "
"تغييرات أخرى (إذا لزم الأمر). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:64
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:75
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
" the end of the name."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة للشركات التي لديها مستودعات متعددة تحتوي على تهيئات مختلفة للخطوات، "
"قد يلزم تحديد حقل :guilabel:`توصيل إلى` في استمارة :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` "
"باعتباره *موقع الإدخال* الصحيح المتصل بمستودع الخطوتين، والذي يمكن القيام به"
" عن طريق تحديد المستودع من القائمة المنسدلة التي تتضمن عنوان \"الإيصالات\" "
"في نهاية الاسم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form "
"— click it to reveal the associated receipt."
msgstr ""
"بعد تأكيد :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)`، سيظهر الزر الذكي :guilabel:`الإيصال` في "
"الجزء العلوي من استمارة :abbr:`PO (أمر الشراء)` — انقر عليه للكشف عن الإيصال"
" ذو الصلة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr "بعد تأكيد أمر شراء، سيظهر زر ذكي للإيصال. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""
"إيصال واحد جاهز لتتم معالجته في النظرة العامة للمخزون، في نافذة عرض كانبان. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"سيتم إنشاء عملية الاستلام والتحويل الداخلي بمجرد تأكيد أمر الشراء. ستكون "
"حالة الاستلام :guilabel:`جاهز`، حيث يجب معالجة الإيصال أولاً. ستكون حالة "
"التحويل الداخلي :guilabel:`بانتظار عملية أخرى`، حيث لا يمكن إجراء التحويل "
"إلا بعد اكتمال عملية الاستلام. لن تتغير حالة التحويل الداخلي إلا إلى "
":guilabel:`جاهز` بمجرد وضع علامة على الإيصال كـ :guilabel:`تم الانتهاء` منه."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Input location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
"view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:155
msgid ""
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164
msgid "Process the picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166
msgid ""
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
" the delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"ستكون حالة الانتقاء :guilabel:`جاهز`، حيث يجب انتقاء المنتج من المخزون قبل "
"أن يتم شحنه. ستصبح حالة أمر التوصيل :guilabel:`بانتظار عملية أخرى`، حيث لا "
"يمكن أن يتم التوصيل إلا بعد اكتمال عملية الانتقاء. لن تتغير حالة أمر التوصيل"
" إلا إلى :guilabel:`جاهز` بمجرد تحديد عملية الانتقاء كـ :guilabel:`تم "
"الانتهاء منه`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
"Operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:181
msgid ""
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
"on the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على أمر توصيل الانتقاء حتى تبدأ بمعالجته. إذا كان المنتج متوفراً في "
"المخزون، فسيقوم أودو بحجز المنتج تلقائياً. اضغط على :guilabel:`تصديق` لوضع "
"علامة على الانتقاء كـ :guilabel:`تم الانتهاء منه'، ثم سيكون أمر التسليم "
"جاهزاً لتتم معالجته. وبما أن المستندات مرتبطة، فسيتم تلقائياً حجز المنتجات "
"التي تم انتقاؤها مسبقاً في أمر التوصيل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
"begin."
msgstr ""
"سيكون أمر التوصيل جاهزاً للمعالجة بمجرد اكتمال عملية الانتقاء، وستجده في "
"لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`النظرة العامة` للوحة بيانات تطبيق "
":menuselection:`المخزون`. اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`# للمعالجة` في "
"بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`لأوامر التوصيل` للبدء. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:199
msgid ""
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن قد تم تصديق أمر التوصيل، يغادر المنتج موقع "
":guilabel:`المستودع/الإخراج` في لوحة بيانات :guilabel:`عمليات النقل` وينتقل "
"إلى موقع :guilabel:`الوكلاء/العملاء`. عندها، ستتغير حالة المستند "
"إلى:guilabel:`تم الانتهاء`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr ""
"تتطلب بعض الشركات عملية لفحص الجودة قبل استلام البضائع من المورّدين. لإنجاز "
"ذلك، لدى أودو عملية مكونة من ثلاث خطوات لاستلام البضائع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""
"في عملية الاستلام المكونة من ثلاث خطوات، يتم استلام المنتجات في منطقة "
"الإدخال، ثم يتم نقلها إلى منطقة الجودة ليتم فحصها. يتم بعد ذلك نقل المنتجات "
"التي تجتاز فحص الجودة إلى المخزون. لا تكون المنتجات متاحة للمزيد من المعالجة"
" حتى يتم نقلها من منطقة الجودة إلى المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail "
"form for that specific warehouse."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، يجب أن تتم تهيئة المستودع للإيصالات المكونة من ثلاث خطوات. للقيام "
"بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> المستودعات`، "
"وحدد المستودع المطلوب تحريره. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى الكشف عن استمارة التفاصيل"
" الخاصة بهذا المستودع المحدد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"في صفحة استمارة تفاصيل :guilabel:`المستودع`، قم بتحديد :guilabel:`استلام "
"البضائع في المدخلات، ثم الجودة ثم المخزون (3 خطوات)` لـ :guilabel:`الشحنات "
"الواردة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change "
"(or update) the name."
msgstr ""
"يؤدي تنشيط عمليات الاستلام والتسليم المكونة من ثلاث خطوات إلى إنشاء موقعين "
"داخليين جديدين: *الإدخال* (WH/الإدخال)، و *مراقبة الجودة* (WH/مراقبة "
"الجودة). لإعادة تسمية تلك المواقع، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون "
"--> التهيئة --> المواقع`، ثم اضغط على الموقع المطلوب لتغيير (أو تحديث) "
"الاسم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ "
"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء :abbr:`RfQ (طلب عرض سعر)`، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المشتريات "
"--> جديد`، والذي سيُظهِر صفحة استمارة فارغة لـ :abbr:`RfQ (طلب عرض السعر)`. "
"في هذه الصفحة، قم بتحديد :guilabel:`المورّد`، وأضف :guilabel:`منتجاً` قابلاً"
" للتخزين، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
"are waiting another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
msgstr ""
"ستكون حالة الإيصال الذي ينقل المنتج إلى موقع الإدخال هي:guilabel:`جاهز`، حيث"
" يجب معالجة الإيصال قبل إجراء أي عملية أخرى. ستكون حالة التحويلين الداخليين "
":guilabel:`بانتظار عملية أخرى`، حيث لا يمكن معالجة التحويلات حتى الخطوة "
"المرتبطة قبل اكتمال كل عملية تحويل."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
msgid ""
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Quality location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
"kanban card."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد وصول المنتج إلى :guilabel:`موقع الإدخال`، يصبح التحويل الداخلي جاهزاً "
"لتحويل المنتج إلى :guilabel:`مراقبة الجودة`. في لوحة بيانات "
":guilabel:`النظرة العامة` :menuselection:`للمخزون`، اضغط على الزر الذكي "
":guilabel:`1 للمعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`للتحويلات الداخلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على :guilabel:`عملية النقل` المرتبطة بأمر الشراء، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تصديق` لإكمال عملية التحويل وتحويل المنتج إلى موقع "
":guilabel:`مراقبة الجودة`. بمجرد أن يتم تصديق عملية التحويل، سيصبح المنتج "
"جاهزاً لفحص الجودة، ولكنه غير متاح لأوامر التصنيع أو التسليم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
"location."
msgstr "قم بتصديق التحويل الداخلي لنقل العنصر إلى موقع ضبط الجودة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr "معالجة التحويل إلى المخزون "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد وصول المنتج إلى :guilabel:`موقع مراقبة الجودة`، يصبح التحويل الداخلي "
"النهائي جاهزاً لتحويل المنتج إلى :guilabel:`المخزون`. في لوحة بيانات "
":guilabel:`النظرة العامة` للمخزون، اضغط على الزر الذكي :guilabel:`1 "
"للمعالجة` في بطاقة كانبان :guilabel:`للتحويلات الداخلية`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على :guilabel:`عملية النقل` النهائية المرتبطة بأمر الشراء، ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تصديق` لإكمال عملية التحويل وتحويل المنتج إلى المخزون. بمجرد أن "
"يتم تصديق عملية التحويل، يدخل المنتج إلى المخزون ويصبح متاحاً لعمليات "
"التوصيل للعملاء أو أوامر التصنيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from "
"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses"
" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to "
"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the "
"following before proceeding:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a "
"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, "
"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20
msgid ""
"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock"
" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real "
"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse"
" ID is the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the"
" virtual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or "
"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47
msgid "Create virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that "
"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the "
"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and "
"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. "
"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "New warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouse configurations "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77
msgid ""
":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83
msgid "Create child warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85
msgid ""
"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of "
"the virtual parent location warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding "
"instructions <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` to configure the physical stock "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110
msgid ""
"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this "
"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses <inventory/routes/link-to-vwh>` in "
"the next section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117
msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119
msgid ""
"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location "
"configured in the :ref:`previous step <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse "
":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location "
"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical "
"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) "
"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131
msgid ""
"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent "
"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. "
"`VWH/Stock`) **must**  have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Internal Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills "
"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is"
" insufficient stock in any one location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145
msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to "
":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various "
"physical warehouses together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152
msgid ""
"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was "
":ref:`previously created <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, from the "
":guilabel:`Locations` list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, "
"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the"
" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171
msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, "
"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at "
"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178
msgid ""
"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the"
" quantities:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180
msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182
msgid ""
"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse "
"`VWH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184
msgid ""
"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, "
"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created "
"<inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*"
" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse "
"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list"
" the virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are "
"tied to the virtual parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from "
"different warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on "
"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216
msgid ""
"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with "
"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the"
" :ref:`previous section <inventory/routes/child-wh>` to ensure the correct "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3
msgid "Storage categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules <putaway>`, as an "
"extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations "
"for products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8
msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature <inventory/routes/enable-storage-"
"categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11
msgid ""
":ref:`Define a storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` with "
"specific limitations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12
msgid ""
"Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations <inventory/routes/assign-"
"location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13
msgid ""
"Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule "
"<inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`putaway`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20
msgid ""
"Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet "
"specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then "
"evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the "
"best one on the warehouse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28
msgid ""
"To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1
msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41
msgid "Define storage category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43
msgid ""
"A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, "
"before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49
msgid ""
"On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the "
":guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52
msgid ""
"Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55
msgid ""
"Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a "
"maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred "
"kilograms)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the "
"same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts "
"across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by "
"package <inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is "
"considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72
msgid ""
"When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage "
"locations the category has been assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76
msgid "Capacity by weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78
msgid ""
"On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max"
" Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage "
"category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83
msgid "Capacity by product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to "
"input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89
msgid ""
"Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right "
"Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in"
" the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100
msgid "Capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure"
" real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, "
"bins, boxes, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111
msgid ""
"Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High "
"Frequency pallets` storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages "
"for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` "
"`Pallets` for a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Create a storage category on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124
msgid "Assign to location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to "
"the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created "
"category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131
msgid ""
"Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets "
"stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-"
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141
msgid "Putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` and "
":ref:`location <inventory/routes/assign-location>` set up, create the "
":doc:`putaway rule <putaway>` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the "
":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to "
"locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned "
"to them <inventory/routes/assign-location>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160
msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162
msgid ""
"To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of "
"packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package "
"<inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168
msgid ""
"Then, :ref:`putaway rules <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` are set, so that "
"any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` "
"and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171
msgid ""
"Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations,"
" when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios "
"happen:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5
msgid "Routes and push/pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7
msgid ""
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
"made available to the retail channel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
" the configured push/pull rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective "
"boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be "
"delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48
msgid ""
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55
msgid ""
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
"between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64
msgid ""
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
"finally the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72
msgid ""
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76
msgid ""
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
"locations for different products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80
msgid ""
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
" to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid ""
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
" per customer order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96
msgid "Use routes and rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:162
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "المسارات المخصصة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:164
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""
"لإنشاء مسار مخصص، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"المسارات`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء`. تالياً، اختر الأماكن التي يمكن أن "
"يتم تحديد هذا المسار فيها. يمكن أن ينطبق المسار على عدة أماكن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:172
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""
"كل مكان يعمل بطريقة مختلفة، ولذلك من المهم تحديد المهمة منها فقط وتكييف كل "
"مسار وفقاً لذلك. بعد ذلك، قم بتهيئة :guilabel:`قواعد` المسار. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"إذا كان المسار منطبقاً على فئة منتج، سيظل المسار بحاجة إلى أن يتم إعداده "
"يدوياً في استمارة فئة المنتج، عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`المخزون -->"
" التهيئة --> فئات المنتجات`، ثم قم بتحديد فئة المنتج وفتح الاستمارة. تالياً،"
" اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير` وتحت قسم :guilabel:`اللوجستيات`، قم بإعداد "
":guilabel:`المسارات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:180
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""
"عند تطبيق المسار على فئة منتج، يتم تطبيق كافة القواعد المهيئة في المسار على "
"**كل** منتج في تلك الفئة. يكون ذلك مفيداً إذا كان المتجر يستخدم عملية إحالة "
"الشحن لكافة المنتجات التي تنتمي لنفس الفئة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr "عرض المسار المطبق على فئة المنتج \"الكل\". "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:188
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""
"المستودعات أيضاً تعمل بنفس الطريقة. إذا كان المسار منطبقاً على "
":guilabel:`المستودعات`، فإن كافة التحويلات التي ستحدث داخل المستودع المحدد، "
"والتي تتوافق مع قواعد المسار ستتبع ذلك المسار. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr "عرض القائمة المنسدلة للمستودع عند تحديد خيار \"منطبق\" في المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:196
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""
"إذا كان المسار منطبقاً على :guilabel:`بنود أمر البيع`، يكون العكس. يجب أن "
"يتم تحديد المسار يدوياً عند إنشاء عرض سعر. يكون ذلك مفيداً إذا كانت بعض "
"المنتجات تمر خلال عدة مسارات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:200
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""
"لا تنس تفعيل خيار ظهور عمود :guilabel:`المسار` في عرض السعر/أمر البيع. بعد "
"ذلك، يمكن أن يتم تحديد المسار في كل بند من بنود عرض السعر/أمر البيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr "القائمة وهي تسمح بإضافة بنود جديدة لأوامر البيع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:207
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""
"وأخيراً، توجد مسارات يمكن تطبيقها على المنتجات. تعمل تلك المسارات كفئات "
"المنتجات: بمجرد أن يتم تحديدها، يجب أن يتم إعداد المسارات يدوياً في استمارة "
"المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"لتعيين مسار في منتج، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> المنتجات --> "
"المنتجات` وقم بتحديد المنتج المطلوب، ثم اذهب إلى علامة تبويب "
":guilabel:`المخزون` تحت قسم :guilabel:`العمليات`، وحدد :guilabel:`المسارات`."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr "استمارة المنتج حيث يتم تحديد المسارات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:219
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr "يجب أن يتم تعيين القواعد في المسارات حتى تعمل المسارات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "القواعد"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:224
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"يتم تحديد القواعد في استمارة المسار. أولاً، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المخزون"
" --> التهيئة --> المسارات` ثم افتح استمارة المسار المطلوب. تالياً، اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تحرير` وفي قسم :guilabel:`القواعد`، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة "
"بند`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr "قائمة القواعد، حيث من الممكن إضافة قواعد جديدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:232
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:249
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:257
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:268
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273
msgid "Example flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:275
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:295
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:303
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:311
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:318
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:325
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5
msgid "Picking methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3
msgid "Batch picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:10
msgid ""
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:24
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:32
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
" > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse"
" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:43
msgid ""
"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio "
"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the "
":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:128
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in two steps "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56
msgid "Create batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58
msgid ""
"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` "
"button to begin creating a batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
"type under which the picking is categorized."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:73
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:76
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:81
msgid ""
"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`,"
" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"is set to `August 11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:103
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:105
msgid ""
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114
msgid ""
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ "
"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:148
msgid ""
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:125
msgid ""
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128
msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:137
msgid "Process batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:139
msgid ""
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:142
msgid ""
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:147
msgid ""
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
"Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:163
msgid ""
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165
msgid ""
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:171
msgid ""
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:175
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
"for available products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:182
msgid "Create backorder"
msgstr "إنشاء طلب متأخر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:184
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:189
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
" batch transfer, containing the remaining products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:192
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
"another batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:194
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203
msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205
msgid ""
"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app,"
" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open "
"the detailed list of products for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:215
msgid ""
"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the "
"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to "
"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click "
"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the "
"picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:221
msgid ""
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:225
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229
msgid ""
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:237
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3
msgid "Cluster picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from "
":ref:`batch picking <inventory/misc/batch_picking>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:13
msgid ""
"In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each "
"designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to "
"each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of "
"the associated order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:17
msgid ""
"This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order "
"volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the"
" need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:21
msgid ""
"However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent "
"orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created"
" beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:28
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:32
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:34
msgid ""
"To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three "
"empty packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:36
msgid ""
"Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the "
"picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated "
"for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and "
"loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:40
msgid ""
"With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to "
"the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for "
"shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` "
"options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:58
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this "
"settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they "
"can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:65
msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74
msgid "Packages setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:76
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the "
":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled "
"with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` "
"is automatically set to the creation date of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:83
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:89
msgid ""
"A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy "
"identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using "
"their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to "
":guilabel:`Disposable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Create new package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98
msgid "Create cluster batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:100
msgid ""
"To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together"
" in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart"
" button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing "
"the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106
msgid ""
"Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown"
" in the :ref:`example above <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:109
msgid ""
"After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays "
"the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and "
"`Delivery`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:116
msgid ""
"With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, "
"navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first "
"operation in the delivery flow)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120
msgid ""
"Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the "
":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:124
msgid ""
"Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or "
"three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:127
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to "
"add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the "
":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to "
"batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:136
msgid ""
"To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`, in a warehouse configured with "
"two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:140
msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141
msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:142
msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:151
msgid ""
"Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add "
"to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch "
"transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154
msgid ""
"To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:164
msgid "Process batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:166
msgid ""
"To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations"
" --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked "
"are grouped by location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:171
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` "
"field, enter the package used for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:175
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is "
"configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form <inventory/misc/create-"
"package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container "
"during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:179
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the "
"product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:183
msgid ""
"Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and "
"bananas :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` by assigning"
" each picking to a dedicated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:186
msgid ""
"At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in"
" all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-"
"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:189
msgid ""
"Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:197
msgid "In Barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:199
msgid ""
"To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, "
"select the desired batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:202
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by "
"location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same "
"picking together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for "
"the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the "
"product and package to process the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:208
msgid ""
"Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:211
msgid ""
"To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the "
":guilabel:`Print` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:215
msgid ""
"Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode "
"from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:223
msgid ""
"Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location,"
" `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode "
"<barcode/setup/location>`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need "
"products from this particular location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:227
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in "
"red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:230
msgid ""
"Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in "
"the designated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:237
msgid ""
"After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo "
"suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the"
" product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:3
msgid "Removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which "
"products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are "
"typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to "
"select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when "
"picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving "
"products with expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:11
msgid ""
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be "
"assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the"
" :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product "
"Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:19
msgid ""
"To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`."
" Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal"
" Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the "
"drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting "
"the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or "
"Locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33
msgid ""
"Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting "
"areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading "
"docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through"
" each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an "
"effect on which products are taken, from where, and when."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:38
msgid ""
"In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the "
"receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, "
"with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored"
" in their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration "
"dates apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:49
msgid ""
"In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application, and in the kanban view, click on either the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt "
"which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, "
":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:57
msgid ""
"Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. "
"If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and "
"finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, "
"the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62
msgid ""
"Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are "
"made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this "
"example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have "
"the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products "
"with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received "
"first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those "
"products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO <routes/FEFO>`), Odoo generates a "
"transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking "
"area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery"
" to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n"
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:77
msgid ""
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
"transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the"
" :doc:`Two-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`Three-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:83
msgid "How each removal strategy works"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:85
msgid ""
"Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse "
"when orders are confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:88
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90
msgid ""
"When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a "
"product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in "
"stock for the longest time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and "
"have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has "
"five boxes of nails in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97
msgid ""
"Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot "
"`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:100
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer "
"request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the "
"boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box "
"from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after "
"lot `00001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:110
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:112
msgid ""
"Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the "
":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based "
"on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest"
" stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for "
"removal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:116
msgid ""
"Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` "
"method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has "
"most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered"
" the warehouse's inventory)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121
msgid ""
"In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in"
" banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete "
"products being delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:124
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the "
"warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and "
"`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:127
msgid ""
"Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot "
"`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:130
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is "
"requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the"
" last one to have entered the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:138
msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:140
msgid ""
"While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the "
"warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets "
"products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:144
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every "
"sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned "
"ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date "
"soonest to the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:148
msgid ""
"As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three "
"lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:151
msgid ""
"Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` "
"entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 "
"and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:155
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All "
"the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest "
"expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because"
" it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:165
msgid "Using removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:167
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be "
"tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do "
"so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, "
"and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Traceability settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:181
msgid ""
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To "
"enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do"
" this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy "
"on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:192
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:196
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
"<../product_management/configure/uom>`). Those three lots have the following"
" numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:201
msgid ""
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
":guilabel:`20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:210
msgid ""
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:215
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr "أقرب موقع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:217
msgid ""
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
"that do not deteriorate with time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:221
msgid ""
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
"alphabetic order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:227
msgid "Use removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:229
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Removal strategy on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:238
msgid ""
"To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This "
"reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial "
"numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these "
"products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in "
"the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new "
"filter if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n"
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:249
msgid ""
"To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the "
":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales "
"order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` "
"icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected "
"for that specific product for the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:257
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:259
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that "
"products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies "
"should use this method if they are selling products with short demand "
"cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:264
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
"the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are"
" listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:272
msgid ""
"Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and "
"lot `000003` contains two shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:275
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:282
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot "
"`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:292
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:294
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the "
"**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. "
"With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out "
"first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no "
"time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:299
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from "
"the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:307
msgid ""
"Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder"
" blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:310
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product"
" category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:315
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First "
"Out (LIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:322
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from"
" lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be"
" sent to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:341
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:343
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from "
"the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration "
"dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the "
"products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is "
"used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:349
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. "
"Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the "
"product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the "
"product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with"
" removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:355
msgid ""
"If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are "
"past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:359
msgid ":doc:`../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:361
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define "
"different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as "
"for lot numbers containing many products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:366
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the"
" *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:370
msgid ""
"Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot "
"`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot"
" `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory "
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:378
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or "
"set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and"
" select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration "
"date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:387
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product "
"category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:392
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired,"
" First Out)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:399
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down"
" menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from "
"the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a"
" quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then"
" click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:406
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved "
"thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty "
"tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be "
"selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab in the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6
msgid "Delivery methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8
msgid ""
"When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of "
"calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping "
"carts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`, shipping prices are calculated based on "
"the carrier's pricing and packaging information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* "
"module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` "
"application from the main Odoo dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:25
msgid ""
"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in "
"the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` "
"module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "Add shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is "
"enabled by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >"
" Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping"
" provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like "
"Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`. Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:59
msgid ""
"For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed"
" price <inventory/shipping/fixed>`, :ref:`based on rules "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>`, or :ref:`pickup in store "
"<inventory/shipping/pickup>` options, refer to their respective sections "
"below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free "
"shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:74
msgid ""
"For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the "
"sections below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:79
msgid "Fixed price"
msgstr "سعر ثابت"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:81
msgid ""
"To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then,"
" click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this "
"option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is "
"where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified "
"amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in "
"the amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends "
"over `$100`, fill in the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:96
msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:97
msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Based on rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. "
"Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional "
"margin` to include additional shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:114
msgid "Create pricing rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:116
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. "
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the "
":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or "
"quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:121
msgid ""
"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or "
":guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:124
msgid ""
"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, "
"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:131
msgid ""
"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in "
"the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination "
"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, "
"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:136
msgid "Calculate delivery cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:138
msgid ""
"Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that "
"satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the "
":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:142
msgid ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:146
msgid "With the two following rules set up:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:148
msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:149
msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is "
"`$9.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:157
msgid ""
"When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + "
"9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * "
"50) + 9)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:163
msgid "Pickup in store"
msgstr "الاستلام في المتجر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:165
msgid ""
"To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in "
":guilabel:`Warehouse`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:168
msgid ""
"To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose"
" the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the "
":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping "
"charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:175
msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping <setup_configuration/invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:180
msgid "Add shipping"
msgstr "إضافة شحن "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:182
msgid ""
"Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery "
"products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the "
"desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens "
"the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:189
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights "
"(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). "
"Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` "
"to add the shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:194
msgid ""
"The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total "
"product weights defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:197
msgid ""
"The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:201
msgid ""
"`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is "
"added to sales order `S00088`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259
msgid "Delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:211
msgid ""
"The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping "
"carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method "
"on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify"
" the :guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3
msgid "Bpost integration"
msgstr "Bpost integration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8
msgid "Create a Bpost account."
msgstr "Create a Bpost account."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9
msgid ""
"Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-"
"account>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12
msgid ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23
msgid "Account setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."
msgstr ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29
msgid ""
"Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for "
"shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual "
"business relationship between the company and Bpost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Z4wZ>`_ accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."
msgstr ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."
msgstr ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."
msgstr "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50
msgid "Shipping method configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52
msgid ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."
msgstr ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61
msgid ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65
msgid ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."
msgstr ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's "
"unique :ref:`account ID <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from "
"the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80
msgid ""
"For `domestic delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/uOVM>`_, the options are: "
":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Bus`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83
msgid ""
"For `international delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/s6G>`_, the options are:"
" :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95
msgid ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"
msgstr ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."
msgstr ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "Show Bpost shipping method."
msgstr "Show Bpost shipping method."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "كيف أقوم بإلغاء طلب الشحن إلى شركة شحن؟ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""
"بإمكان أودو التعامل مع طرق التوصيل المختلفة، بما في ذلك شركات الشحن "
"الخارجية. سيتم ربط أودو  بنظام تتبع شركة النقل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr "سيسمح لك بإدارة شركة النقل والأسعار الحقيقية والوجهة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr "يمكنك إلغاء الطلب المقدم إلى نظام شركة الشحن بكل سهولة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "كيف أقوم بإلغاء طلب الشحن؟ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""
"إذا لم يتم **تصديق** أمر التوصيل، فهذا يعني أنه لم يتم تقديم الطلب. يمكنك "
"اختيار إلغاء التسليم أو تغيير شركة الشحن. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
"إذا قمت بالضغط على زر **تصديق**، فسيتم تقديم الطلب ومن المفترض أن تتلقى رقم "
"التتبع والملصق. لا يزال بإمكانك إلغاء الطلب. ما عليك سوى الضغط على زر "
"**إلغاء** بجوار **مرجع تتبع شركة الشحن**: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "سترى الآن أن الشحنات قد تم إلغاؤها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "يمكنك الآن تغيير شركة الشحن إذا أردت. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr "كيف أقوم بإرسال طلب شحن بعد إلغاء غيره؟"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""
"بعد إلغاء طلب الشحن، يمكنك تغيير شركة الشحن  التي تريد استخدامها. قم بتأكيد "
"ذلك عن طريق الضغط على زر **إرسال إلى الشاحن**. سوف تحصل على رقم تتبع جديد "
"وملصق جديد.  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:122
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`الفوترة` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`العبوات المتعددة` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Shipping cost invoicing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges "
"based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10
msgid ""
"Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale "
"order. <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery "
"<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>`, reflecting the actual expenses "
"incurred by the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and "
"click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide "
"details about the shipping provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method "
"(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, "
"if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:23
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57
msgid "Invoice cost on sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59
msgid ""
"To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-"
"right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended "
"carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price "
"based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the "
"items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order "
"Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost "
"calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create "
"invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost "
"that was added earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft "
"invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108
msgid "Invoice real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110
msgid ""
"To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps"
" :ref:`above <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` to create an invoice with a "
"delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114
msgid ""
"Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the "
"real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
"International* will be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3
msgid "Print shipping labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:7
msgid ""
"Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate "
"shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking "
"numbers, and barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:14
msgid ""
"To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install "
"the third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate "
"the :ref:`delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to "
":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. "
"Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and :ref:`product "
"weights <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:30
msgid "Print tracking labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:32
msgid ""
"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:34
msgid ""
"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the "
":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to "
":ref:`add the shipping cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-"
"quote>`, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38
msgid ""
"If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery "
"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the "
"third-party carrier <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-label>` in "
"the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:46
msgid "Add shipping on quotation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48
msgid ""
"To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in "
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking "
":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` "
"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in "
"the :guilabel:`Cost` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:61
msgid ""
"If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the "
":ref:`warehouse's address <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>` and :ref:`weight of products in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` are properly configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:65
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as "
"the :ref:`configured delivery product "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to access the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:75
msgid ""
"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is"
" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:85
msgid "Validate delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to"
" ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:91
msgid ""
"If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:94
msgid ""
"After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to"
" get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping "
"label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:98
msgid ""
"Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery "
"Orders` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the "
"shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105
msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:112
msgid ""
"For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label "
"appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
"multiple delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26
msgid ""
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
"item, or both."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37
msgid ""
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
"close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51
msgid ""
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
" the selected items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58
msgid ""
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62
msgid ""
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66
msgid ""
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
"items included in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78
msgid ""
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81
msgid ""
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86
msgid ""
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
" be shipped later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
"view the backorder delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116
msgid ""
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
"create the first backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sendcloud integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr "Setup in Sendcloud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr "Create an account and activate carriers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."
msgstr ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:179
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "Warehouse configuration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr "**SendClould configuration**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr "Generate Sendcloud credentials"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "الإعداد في أودو "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87
msgid ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."
msgstr ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr "Install Sendcloud shipping module"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr "Click :guilabel:`Select`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`RETURN`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."
msgstr ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "Shipping information"
msgstr "Shipping information"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."
msgstr ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189
msgid ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."
msgstr ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193
msgid ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."
msgstr ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204
msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud"
msgstr "Generate labels with Sendcloud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid "Shipping rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223
msgid ""
"Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels "
"tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be "
"created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase "
"insurance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228
msgid ""
"Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>`, and are only used to "
"improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232
msgid ""
"To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended "
"`Sendcloud` shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the "
":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules"
" apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239
msgid ""
"From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, "
":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Use Shipping Rules field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246
msgid ""
"Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create "
"New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine"
" when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the "
"condition."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "الأسئلة الشائعة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr "Shipment is too heavy"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271
msgid "Personal carrier contract"
msgstr "Personal carrier contract"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273
msgid ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."
msgstr ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."
msgstr "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."
msgstr ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285
msgid ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."
msgstr ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."
msgstr ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr "Measuring volumetric weight"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr "Unable to calculate shipping rate"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315
msgid ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "Third-party shipping carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10
msgid ""
"Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to "
"verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically "
"calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or"
" delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring "
"shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"
msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23
msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "Carrier"
msgstr "شركة الشحن"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30
msgid "Region availability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31
msgid "FedEx"
msgstr "FedEx"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36
msgid "All"
msgstr "الكل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37
msgid "US Postal Service"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40
msgid "Some European countries (see details below)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`Bpost <bpost>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "بلجيكا"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "Easypost"
msgstr "Easypost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44
msgid "North America"
msgstr "أمريكا الشمالية"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45
msgid "Shiprocket"
msgstr "Shiprocket"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "India"
msgstr "الهند"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51
msgid ""
"Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, "
"Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** "
"any European country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid ""
"To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow "
"these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
":ref:`Install the shipping connector <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-"
"connector>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Activate production environment "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure warehouse <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63
msgid ""
":ref:`Specify weight of products <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68
msgid "Install shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70
msgid ""
"To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party "
"shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping "
"connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with"
" operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, "
"refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules <general/install>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88
msgid "Delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid ""
"To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin "
"by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same "
":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic "
"shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:98
msgid ""
"Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as "
":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:105
msgid ""
"Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the "
"*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the "
"desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart "
"button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, "
"including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that"
" is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable "
"website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to "
"all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery "
"service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration "
"Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` "
"fields become available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an "
":ref:`estimated shipment cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`"
" on an |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name "
"that is added to the |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated "
"cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real"
" cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping "
"costs <invoicing>` document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to"
" the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, "
"packaging materials, exchange rates, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders "
"surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding "
":guilabel:`Amount` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the "
"shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in"
" transit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields "
"(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party"
" shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For "
"more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the "
"following documents:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161
msgid "Production environment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163
msgid ""
"With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test "
"Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167
msgid ""
"Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** "
"shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their "
"carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers "
"for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the "
"delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181
msgid ""
"Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and "
":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"the desired warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185
msgid ""
"On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:192
msgid ""
"Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are "
"correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show company address and phone number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:202
msgid "Product weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204
msgid ""
"For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"selecting the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207
msgid ""
"Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the "
":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:215
msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217
msgid ""
"Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or "
"delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219
msgid ""
"After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` in Odoo, create or"
" navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders "
"--> Quotations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:226
msgid "Sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228
msgid ""
"To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of "
"shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of "
"shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:237
msgid ""
"In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the"
" intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The "
":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:241
msgid ""
"the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is "
"not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` in the order is used)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243
msgid ""
"the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and the customer's "
"address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248
msgid ""
"After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` "
"field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` "
"pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the "
"|SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254
msgid ""
":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery <invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261
msgid ""
"For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the "
"shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, "
"and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as "
":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to"
" the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set "
"to :ref:`production mode <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273
msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels <labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:282
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Troubleshooting"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284
msgid ""
"Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some "
"checks to try when things are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287
msgid ""
"Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` (e.g., address and "
"phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the "
"shipping provider's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290
msgid ""
"Verify that the :ref:`package type <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure "
"the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293
msgid ""
"When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the "
"provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to "
":ref:`production environment <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:297
msgid ""
"Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify"
" the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the "
"*debug logs*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:301
msgid ""
"When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says "
"the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the "
"package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's "
"side."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306
msgid "Debug log"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308
msgid ""
"Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that,"
" go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping"
" method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate "
":guilabel:`Debug Requests`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:317
msgid ""
"With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector "
"is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the "
":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer "
"mode <developer-mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical"
" --> Database Structure section --> Logging`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323
msgid ""
"Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>` button is clicked on "
":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the "
"shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:332
msgid ""
"Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the "
"correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP "
"response*, verify that the same information is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
"User ID and Password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses and storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6
msgid "Inventory management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses "
"<inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader organization and "
"distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations"
" <inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown "
"within each warehouse for efficient item management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13
msgid ""
"This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts "
"necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of "
"how things work, refer to individual documentation pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "المستودعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical "
"place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, "
"within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses "
"<replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations"
msgstr "المواقع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33
msgid ""
":doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific "
"areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-"
"divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can "
"create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize "
"inventory more precisely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47
msgid "Location types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and "
"what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only "
"internal locations are displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53
msgid ""
"To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from "
"vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. "
"For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all "
"internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, "
"and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64
msgid ""
"View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move "
"them there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items"
" stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here "
"are no longer in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or"
" create stock, accounting for discrepancies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, "
"used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, "
"which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80
msgid ""
"`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in "
"`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, "
"five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory "
"Adjustment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0
msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and "
":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse "
"operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as "
":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1
msgid "List of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102
msgid "**Red**: internal locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "**Blue**: view locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and "
"customer locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107
msgid "View locations in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the "
"hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish "
"between internal and external locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112
msgid ""
"*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without "
"changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur "
"when products move from internal to external locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119
msgid ""
"When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in "
"either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they "
"are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit "
"Location` type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123
msgid ""
"This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating "
"that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of "
"the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)"
" together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it "
"is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items "
"that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, "
"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must "
"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in"
" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are "
"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the "
"following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
" is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
"adjustment line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
"of both."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-"
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
" in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
":guilabel:`Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on"
" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
"current year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
"count in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific"
" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or "
":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to "
":guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is "
"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, "
"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available "
"quantity once fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be "
"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments "
"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the "
"database, next to the user currently logged in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the "
":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of "
"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the "
"checkbox next to that option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68
msgid ""
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72
msgid ""
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to "
"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` "
"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be "
"set to reflect the actual quantity counted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
" top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108
msgid ""
"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is "
"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the "
"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. "
"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is "
"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114
msgid ""
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / "
"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made "
"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125
msgid "Count products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131
msgid ""
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the "
":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135
msgid ""
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
"product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148
msgid ""
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
"`0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152
msgid ""
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162
msgid ""
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179
msgid ""
"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always "
"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some "
"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all "
"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within "
"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197
msgid ""
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202
msgid ""
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
" Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on "
"the far left of each product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209
msgid ""
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the "
"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the "
":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each "
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235
msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`"
msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ":doc:`count_products`"
msgstr ":doc:`count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3
msgid "Scrap inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be "
"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo "
"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts "
"remain accurate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19
msgid ""
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and "
"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual "
"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that "
"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30
msgid "Learn more"
msgstr "اعرف المزيد "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25
msgid ""
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
"the different types of :ref:`location types "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29
msgid "Scrap from stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap"
" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the "
"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` "
"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be "
"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down "
"menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "A new scrap order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand "
"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped "
"quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49
msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51
msgid ""
"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and "
"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be "
"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one "
"location to another, or preparing them for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55
msgid ""
"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, "
"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the "
":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the"
" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the "
"product is being scrapped from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the "
":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be"
" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> "
"Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding "
"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the"
" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been "
"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once "
"they have been entered into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped "
"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the"
" :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product "
"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual"
" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a "
"different location from their respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the "
"scrap orders created from that operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The Scraps smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, "
"room, aisle, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10
msgid ""
"To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with "
":doc:`Multi-Step Routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how "
"products move between locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Show Storage Locations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24
msgid "Create new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "List of internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be "
"configured as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location "
"exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the "
":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a "
"specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41
msgid ""
"In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location "
"name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the "
"path showing where this spot is within the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46
msgid "Additional Information section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location "
"fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor"
" Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, "
":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, "
":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the "
"location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location "
"Types section <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage "
"Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for "
"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to "
"be returned to this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to "
":ref:`identify actions <barcode/setup/location>` at this location when "
"scanned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox "
"to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, "
"*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly "
"supplied to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76
msgid "Cyclic Counting section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:78
msgid ""
"To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By "
"default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty "
"days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the "
":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last "
"inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts "
"are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date"
" of the next inventory count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:89
msgid ""
"With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the "
":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the "
":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97
msgid "Logistics section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally "
"select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of"
" how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:108
msgid "Current stock at location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:110
msgid ""
"To view the current stock at a single location, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select "
"the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all "
"products at the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117
msgid ""
"A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` "
"desks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an "
"address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, "
"or physical store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. "
"Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the "
"following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the "
"warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default "
"warehouse in Odoo is `WH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is "
"recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" "
"(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To "
"change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover "
"over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right "
"arrow)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;"
" this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company "
"of a customer or vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies"
" in the European Union."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and "
"dropship them to subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials "
"stored in *this* specific warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items "
"to be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one"
" <../../../manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two "
"<../../../manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three "
"steps <../../../manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased "
"products to be delivered to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the "
"database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses "
"<count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Example warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the"
" *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* "
"(MPS)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18
msgid ""
"Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a "
"purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice "
"depending on the business process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr "تقرير تجديد المخزون وقواعد إعادة الطلب "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock "
"level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales "
"requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, "
"Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish "
"stock to the maximum level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52
msgid ""
"When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When "
"using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed"
" guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report <replenishment/report>` "
"and :doc:`reordering rules <replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56
msgid "Key points include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: "
"Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum "
"level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: "
"Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing "
"adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`: A "
"strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr "الإنتاج حسب الطلب "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76
msgid ""
"An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only "
"after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when "
"products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage"
" capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such "
"cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
msgstr ""
"بخلاف المنتجات التي تم تجديد مخزونها باستخدام قواعد إعادة الطلب، يقوم أودو "
"بربط أمر البيع تلقائياً بـ |PO| أو |MO| المنشأة بواسطة مسار |MTO|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84
msgid ""
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
msgstr ""
"من الفروقات الأخرى بين قواعد إعادة الطلب و|MTO| هي أنه مع |MTO|، يقوم أودو "
"بإنشاء مسودة |PO| أو |MO| مباشرة بعد أن قد تم تأكيد |SO|. مع قواعد إعادة "
"الطلب، يقوم أودو بإنشاء مسودة |PO| أو |MO| عندما تقل كمية مخزون المنتج "
"المتوقعة عن الحد الأدنى. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
msgstr ""
"إضافة إلى ذلك، يقوم أودو تلقائياً بإضافة كميات إلى |PO| أو |MO| كالتغييرات "
"المتوقعة، طالما أنه لم يتم تأكيد |PO| أو |MO| بعد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
msgstr ""
"مسار |MTO| هو أفضل استراتيجية لتجديد المخزون للمنتجات المخصصة، و/أو للمنتجات"
" التي لا تحتوي على مخزون متوفر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98
msgid "Master production schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products "
"and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed "
"manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order"
" or produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104
msgid ""
"This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The "
":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used "
"alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual "
"replenishment method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/management/use_mps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:7
msgid ""
"Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer "
"expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead "
"time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing "
"orders, deliveries, and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:12
msgid "Lead time types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:14
msgid ""
"Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of "
"the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times "
"in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:21
msgid ""
":ref:`Customer lead time <inventory/management/customer-lt>`: The default "
"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the "
"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date "
"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery"
" lead time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Sales security lead time <inventory/management/sales-security-lt>`: "
"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. "
"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing"
" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:31
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase lead time <inventory/management/purchase-lt>`: the number of "
"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of "
"products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at"
" the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:36
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase security lead time <inventory/management/purchase-security-"
"lt>`: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a "
"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier "
"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are"
" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* "
"earlier, according to the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:42
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to Purchase lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/days-to-"
"purchase>`: days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation "
"(RFQ) and confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a "
"specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:46
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing lead time <inventory/management/manuf-lt>`: the number "
"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of "
"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), "
"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:51
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time <inventory/management/manuf-security-"
"lt>`: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with "
":ref:`replenish to order <inventory/management/products/strategies>`, the "
"security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment "
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:59
msgid "Sales lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:61
msgid ""
"Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to "
"automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales "
"Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* "
"setting for shipments from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:65
msgid ""
"Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the "
"expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, "
"which would impact other warehouse operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:69
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is "
"confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and"
" the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead "
"time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:77
msgid ""
"The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected "
"delivery dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:80
msgid "Customer lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the "
"products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> "
"Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` "
"field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery "
"order from start to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88
msgid ""
"Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by "
"navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type"
" `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:99
msgid "Sales security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:101
msgid ""
"*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and "
"click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:107
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is "
"a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than "
"the scheduled date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes "
"the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. "
"In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th,"
" but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the "
"delivery order would be April 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:121
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:123
msgid ""
"For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the "
"lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a "
"quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are "
"ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order "
"at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:140
msgid ""
"In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the "
"products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date "
"is April 2nd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:143
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as "
"possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On "
"the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures"
" the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:150
msgid "Purchase lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:152
msgid ""
"Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers "
"can help simplify the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed"
" in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead "
"times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to "
"determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160
msgid ""
"This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order "
"to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:168
msgid ""
":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:171
msgid "Vendor lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:173
msgid ""
"To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor"
" location, begin by navigating to a product form through "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:176
msgid ""
"Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, "
":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:182
msgid ""
"Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The "
"default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the "
"list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:193
msgid ""
"By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is "
"automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse "
"employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the "
"expected timeframe."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:199
msgid ""
"On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product "
"configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the "
":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from "
"the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:215
msgid "Purchase security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:217
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:220
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and"
" click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:223
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:227
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, "
"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that "
"case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a "
"two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be "
"April 8th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239
msgid "Days to purchase lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241
msgid ""
"To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the "
":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for "
"the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248
msgid "Manufacturing lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250
msgid ""
"Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable "
"materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of "
"materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to "
"begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled "
"delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times"
" and manufacturing security lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:262
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:264
msgid ""
"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days "
"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead "
"Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:271
msgid ""
"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly "
"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278
msgid ""
"Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the "
"*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field "
"of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is"
" calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing "
"lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:285
msgid ""
"This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the "
"delivery date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287
msgid ""
"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. "
"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*"
" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center "
"simultaneously`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:292
msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning <manufacturing/management/use_mps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:293
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:297
msgid ""
"A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest "
"date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment "
"date is August 1st."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:304
msgid "Manufacturing security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:306
msgid ""
"*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the"
" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead "
"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:310
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:318
msgid ""
"A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and "
"manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled "
"Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to "
"begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:325
msgid "Global example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:327
msgid ""
"See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together"
" to ensure timely order fulfillment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:330
msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331
msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:332
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333
msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:334
msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:336
msgid ""
"The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, "
"and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. "
"Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the "
"necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, "
"September 20th:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344
msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:346
msgid ""
"**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in "
"time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:349
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it "
"was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date "
"earlier by 1 day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by "
"subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing "
"security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September "
"19th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form "
"indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as "
"September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by "
"a day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:360
msgid ""
"Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, "
"setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including "
"buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
msgstr "تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (الإنتاج حسب الطلب) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:9
msgid ""
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
" being ordered."
msgstr ""
"*تجديد المخزون عند الطلب*، والذي يُعرف أيضاً بـ *MTO* (الإنتاج حسب الطلب)، "
"هي استراتيجية لتجديد المخزون تقوم بإنشاء مسودة طلب منتج، في كل مرة يتم فيها "
"إنشاء أمر بيع لها. بالنسبة للمنتجات التي يتم شراؤها من المورّد، يتم إنشاء "
"طلب عرض سعر (RFQ)، بينما يقوم أمر بيع لمنتج تم تصنيعه محلياً بتحفيز عملية "
"إنشاء أمر التصنيع. تحدث عملية إنشاء طلب عرض السعر |RFQ| أو أمر التصنيع في كل"
" مرة يتم إنشاء أمر بيع فيها، بغض النظر عن مستوى المخزون الحالي للمنتج الذي "
"يتم طلبه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:19
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
msgstr "قم بإلغاء أرشفة مسار تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (MTO) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
msgstr ""
"يقوم أودو افتراضياً بتعيين مسار |MTO| كـ *مؤرشف*. يحدث ذلك لأن |MTO| هي "
"عملية محددة ومعقدة إلى حد ما ويتم استخدامها في شركات محددة فقط. ولكن، من "
"السهل إلغاء أرشفة المسار ببضع خطوات بسيطة فقط. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:25
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
"that are currently archived."
msgstr ""
"للقيام بذلك، ابدأ بالتنقل إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"المسارات`. في صفحة :guilabel:`المسارات`، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`الفلاتر` ثم "
"قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`مؤرشف`. يُظهر ذلك كافة المسارات المؤرشفة حالياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
msgstr "الفلتر المؤرشف في صفحة المسارات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:33
msgid ""
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
msgstr ""
"قم بتفعيل مربع الاختيار بجانب :guilabel:`تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (MTO)`، ثم "
"اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إجراء` للكشف عن قائمة منسدلة. من تلك القائمة "
"المنسدلة، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`إلغاء الأرشفة`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
msgstr "إجراء إلغاء الأرشفة في صفحة المسارات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:40
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
msgstr ""
"وأخيراً، قم بإزالة فلتر :guilabel:`مؤرشف` من شريط :guilabel:`البحث...`. "
"ستُظهر صفحة  :guilabel:`المسارات` الآن كافة المسارات المتاحة، شاملة "
":guilabel:`تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (MTO)`، والذي يمكن تحديده الآن في علامة "
"تبويب المخزون لكل صفحة منتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
msgstr "يظهر مسار MTO على صفحة المسارات بعد إلغاء أرشفته. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:49
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة منتج لاستخدام مسار MTO "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
msgstr ""
"مع إلغاء أرشفة مسار |MTO|، ويمكن الآن تكوين المنتجات بشكل صحيح لاستخدام "
"خاصية تجديد المخزون عند الطلب. للقيام بذلك، ابدأ بالذهاب إلى "
":menuselection:`المخزون --> المنتحات --> المنتجات`، ثم حدد منتجاً موجوداً، "
"أو اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء` لتهيئة منتج جديد. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section, along with one other route."
msgstr ""
"في صفحة المنتج، حدد علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون` وقم بتمكين مسار "
":guilabel:`تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (MTO)` في قسم :guilabel:`المسارات`، إضافة"
" إلى مسار واحد آخر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:59
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
"it, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"مسار :guilabel:`تجديد المخزون عند الطلب (MTO)` **لا** يعمل ما لم يتم تحديد "
"مسار آخر أيضاً. وذلك لأن أودو يحتاج إلى معرفة كيفية تجديد مخزون المنتج عندما"
" يتم تقديم طلب  (شرائه، تصنيعه، وما إلى ذلك). "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "قم بتحديد مسار MTO ومسار آخر في علامة تبويب المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:67
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
"below."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم شراء المنتج من أحد الموردين لتنفيذ أوامر المبيعات، فقم بتمكين خانة "
"الاختيار :guilabel:`يمكن شراؤها` تحت اسم المنتج. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور "
"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Purchase` بجانب علامات تبويب الإعدادات الأخرى "
"أدناه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
msgstr ""
"حدد علامة التبويب :guilabel:`شراء` وحدد :guilabel:`المورد` و "
":guilabel:`السعر` الذي يبيعون المنتج به. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
msgstr "قم بتمكين \"يمكن شراؤه\" وحدد البائع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:78
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم تصنيع المنتج، فتأكد من أنه يحتوي على قائمة مكونات الصنف (BOM) التي تم"
" تكوينها له. للقيام بذلك، انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`قائمة المواد` في "
"الجزء العلوي من الشاشة، ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`إنشاء` في صفحة "
":guilabel:`قائمة المواد` لتكوين |BOM| جديد. للمنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"على الفراغ |BOM| في النموذج، قم بإضافة المكونات المستخدمة لتصنيع المنتج في "
"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Components`، إلى جانب العمليات المطلوبة لسير عمل "
"التصنيع في علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Operations`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
msgstr "أخيرًا، انقر فوق :guilabel:`Save` لحفظ |BOM|. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
msgstr "قم بتنفيذ أمر المبيعات باستخدام مسار MTO "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:92
msgid ""
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
"to |MTO|."
msgstr ""
"بعد تكوين منتج لاستخدام |MTO| المسار، يتم إنشاء أمر تجديد له في كل مرة يتم "
"فيها تأكيد أمر المبيعات بما في ذلك المنتج. يعتمد نوع الطلب الذي تم إنشاؤه "
"على المسار الثاني المحدد بالإضافة إلى |MTO|."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:96
msgid ""
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
msgstr ""
"على سبيل المثال، إذا كان *شراء* هو المسار الثاني المحدد، فسيتم إنشاء أمر "
"شراء عند تأكيد أمر المبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:100
msgid ""
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
msgstr ""
"عندما يكون |MTO| إذا تم تمكين المسار لمنتج ما، فسيتم دائمًا إنشاء أمر تجديد "
"عند تأكيد أمر المبيعات. وهذا هو الحال حتى لو كان هناك مخزون كافٍ من المنتج "
"في متناول اليد لتنفيذ أمر البيع، دون شراء أو تصنيع وحدات إضافية منه. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:104
msgid ""
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
" which opens a blank quotation form."
msgstr ""
"بينما |MTO| يمكن استخدام المسار في انسجام مع مجموعة متنوعة من المسارات "
"الأخرى، ويتم استخدام مسار *شراء* كمثال لسير العمل هذا. ابدأ بالانتقال إلى "
"تطبيق :menuselection:`Sales`، ثم انقر على :guilabel:`Create`، الذي يفتح "
"نموذج عرض أسعار فارغًا. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
msgstr ""
"في نموذج عرض الأسعار الفارغ، أضف :guilabel:`العميل`، ثم انقر فوق "
":guilabel:`إضافة منتج` ضمن علامة التبويب :guilabel:`Order Lines`، وأدخل "
"المنتج الذي تم تكوينه لاستخدام *MTO* و *شراء* الطرق. انقر فوق "
":guilabel:`تأكيد` وسيتم تحويل عرض الأسعار إلى أمر مبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:112
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
"يظهر الآن الزر الذكي :guilabel:`شراء` في الزاوية العلوية اليمنى من أمر "
"المبيعات. يؤدي النقر فوقه إلى فتح |RFQ| المرتبطة بأمر المبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
msgstr ""
"انقر فوق :guilabel:`تأكيد الطلب` لتأكيد |RFQ|، وتحويله إلى أمر شراء. يظهر "
"الآن زر :guilabel:`استلام المنتجات` باللون الأخضر أعلى أمر الشراء. بمجرد "
"استلام المنتجات، انقر فوق :guilabel:`استلام المنتجات` لتسجيلها في المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119
msgid ""
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
"the sales order."
msgstr ""
"ارجع إلى أمر المبيعات بالنقر على :guilabel:`SO` مسار التنقل، أو بالانتقال "
"إلى :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`، واختيار أمر المبيعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
msgstr ""
"أخيرًا، انقر فوق الزر الذكي :guilabel:`Delivery` في الجزء العلوي الأيسر من "
"الطلب ليتم نقلك إلى أمر التسليم. بمجرد شحن المنتجات إلى العميل، انقر فوق "
":guilabel:`Validate` لتأكيد التسليم. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3
msgid "Reordering rules"
msgstr "قواعد إعادة الطلب "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for "
"quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is "
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
"route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"
msgstr ""
"`برامج Odoo التعليمية: قواعد إعادة الترتيب التلقائية "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"
msgstr ""
"`برامج Odoo التعليمية: قواعد إعادة الترتيب اليدوية "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30
msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Reordering rules setup <inventory/warehouses_storage/configure-rr>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128
msgid ":ref:`Trigger <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"
msgstr ":ref:`المشغّل <inventory/product_management/trigger>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:129
msgid ":ref:`Preferred route <inventory/warehouses_storage/route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36
msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38
msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133
msgid ":ref:`Visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"
msgstr ":ref:`أيام الظهور <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44
msgid "Reordering rules setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46
msgid ""
"To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Product type configuration <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-product-"
"type>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`Create rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:54
msgid "Product type configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:56
msgid ""
"A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then"
" select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60
msgid ""
"On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is necessary "
"because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, and "
"quantities are needed to trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
msgstr "قم بتعيين نوع المنتج على أنه قابل للتخزين. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from"
" the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use to "
"replenish the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "قم بتحديد مسار أو أكثر في علامة تبويب المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75
msgid ""
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
" should be purchased from."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم إعادة طلب المنتج باستخدام مسار :guilabel:`الشراء`، فتأكد من أنه قد تم"
" تفعيل مربع الاختيار :guilabel:`يمكن شراؤه` تحت اسم المنتج. يؤدي ذلك إلى "
"ظهور علامة تبويب :guilabel:`شراء`. اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`شراء`، "
"وقم بتحديد بائع واحد على الأقل، والسعر الذي يبيعون به المنتج، حتى يعرف "
"النظام أي الشركات يجب شراء المنتج منها. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
msgstr "قم بتحديد المورّد والسعر في علامة تبويب المشتريات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84
msgid ""
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
"needs to have at least one *bill of materials* (BoM) associated with it. "
"This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for "
"products with a |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:88
msgid ""
"If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, select the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product form, "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
msgstr "الزر الذكي لقائمة المواد في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
msgstr "إنشاء قواعد إعادة طلب جديدة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:100
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and "
"fill out the following fields in the new line:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that requires replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: The specific location where the product is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum amount of product that should be "
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
"is triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The amount of product that should be available "
"after replenishing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific "
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
"products are replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
msgstr "استمارة إنشاء قاعدة إعادة طلب جديدة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
"smart button on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:122
msgid ""
"To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and "
"future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126
msgid ""
"For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering"
" rule fields:"
msgstr ""
"للاستخدام المتقدم لقواعد إعادة الطلب، اعرف المزيد حول حقول قواعد إعادة الطلب"
" التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130
msgid ":ref:`Vendor <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-vendor>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131
msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-bom-field>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:132
msgid ""
":ref:`Procurement group <inventory/warehouses_storage/procurement-grp>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136
msgid ""
"The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by "
"selecting the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon in the "
"far-right corner and selecting the desired column from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "المشغّل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145
msgid ""
"A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While "
"both function the same way, the difference between the two types of "
"reordering rules is how the rule is launched:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148
msgid ""
":ref:`Auto <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: A purchase or "
"manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls"
" below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the "
":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:151
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: The "
":doc:`Replenishment report <report>` lists products needing replenishment, "
"showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can "
"review forecasts before clicking *Order Once*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:155
msgid ""
"To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Operations --> Replenishment` or :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, located to the far-right of the column "
"titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or "
":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different"
" types of reordering rules."
msgstr ""
"في عمود :guilabel:`المشغّل` قم بتحديد إما :guilabel:`تلقائي` أو "
":guilabel:`يدوي`. استعن بالأقسام أدناه للتعرف على الأنواع المختلفة لقواعد "
"إعادة الطلب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "تلقائي"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:168
msgid ""
"*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or "
"manufacturing orders when either:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:171
msgid ""
"The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172
msgid ""
"A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the "
"product below the minimum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To "
"view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders "
"--> Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated."
" To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:181
msgid ""
"When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"عندما لا يكون هناك مسار محدد، يقوم أودو بتحديد :guilabel:`المسار` المحدد في "
"علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون` في استمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185
msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default."
msgstr "يتم إعداد أداة الجدولة ليتم تشغيلها مرة في اليوم بشكل افتراضي. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187
msgid ""
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` is enabled, and then select "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, "
"select the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""
"لتشغيل قاعدة إعادة الطلب يدوياً قبل أن يتم تشغيل أداة الجدولة، تأكد من أن "
":ref:`وضع المطوّر <developer-mode>` مفعّل، ثم قم بتحديد "
":menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> العمليات --> تشغيل أداة الجدولة`. بعد ذلك،"
" قم بتحديد زر :guilabel:`تشغيل أداة الجدولة` الأخضر، الموجود في النافذة "
"المنبثقة التي تظهر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:192
msgid "Be aware that this also triggers *any other* scheduled actions."
msgstr "انتبه لأن ذلك يؤدي أيضاً إلى تشغيل *أي إجراءات مجدولة أخرى*. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195
msgid ""
"The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger "
"when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of "
"`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering "
"rule is **not** triggered."
msgstr ""
"لدى منتج `المصباح المكتبي`, قاعدة إعادة طلب تلقائية معدّة لتشغيلها عندما تقل"
" الكمية المتوقعة عن :guilabel:`الحد الأدنى للكمية` والذي هو `5.00`. بما أن "
":guilabel:`الكمية المتوقعة` الحالية هي `55.00`، **لن** يتم تشغيل قاعدة إعادة"
" الطلب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page."
msgstr "إظهار قاعدة إعادة الطلب التلقائية من صفحة قاعدة إعادة الطلب. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208
msgid ""
"*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the "
":doc:`replenishment dashboard <report>` when the forecasted quantity falls "
"below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, "
"because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the "
"forecasted quantity is not enough."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers "
"sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It "
"displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the "
":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish "
"stock."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على زر الطلب مرة واحدة في لوحة بيانات تجديد المخزون لتجديد مخزون "
"المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226
msgid "Preferred route"
msgstr "المسار المفضل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228
msgid ""
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods "
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it "
"is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, "
"indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233
msgid ""
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` or "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`."
msgstr ""
"يمكّن أودو المستخدمين أيضاً من تعيين مسار مفضل لقاعدة إعادة طلب المنتج. هذا "
"هو المسار الذي تعتمده القاعدة بشكل افتراضي إذا تم تحديد عدة مسارات. لتحديد "
"مسار مفضل، ابدأ بالتنقل إلى :menuselection: `تطبيق المخزون --> التهيئة --> "
"قواعد إعادة الطلب` أو :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> العمليات --> تجديد "
"المخزون`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:238
msgid ""
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down "
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
"preferred route."
msgstr ""
"قم بالضغط داخل العمود في صف قاعدة إعادة الطلب، وستظهر قائمة منسدلة تُظهِر "
"كافة المسارات المتاحة لهذه القاعدة. قم بتحديد مسار لتعيينه كالمسار المفضل. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
msgstr "قم بتحديد المسار المفضل من القائمة المنسدلة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245
msgid ""
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"إذا تم تمكين مسارات متعددة لمنتج ما ولكن لم يتم تعيين مسار مفضل لقاعدة إعادة"
" الطلب الخاصة به، فسيتم إعادة الطلب باستخدام المسار المحدد المدرج أولاً في "
"علامة تبويب: Guilabel: `المخزون` لاستمارة المنتج. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:250
msgid "Advanced uses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252
msgid ""
"Pairing :guilabel:`Preferred Route` with one of the following fields on the "
"replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. "
"Consider the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is "
":guilabel:`Buy`, setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple"
" vendors on the vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is "
"automatically populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the "
"creation of a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is set "
"to :guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying"
" the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders "
"are created with this |BoM| in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|"
" that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. "
"It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275
msgid ""
"Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart "
"buttons to appear when using the :ref:`MTO route "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/mto-route>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Showing smart button to PO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281
msgid ""
"Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:283
msgid "In the context of reordering rules:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:285
msgid ""
"Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is "
"why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:287
msgid ""
"To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific "
"demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290
msgid ""
"Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined "
"into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times "
"for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by "
"consolidating demands into fewer orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294
msgid ""
"Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on "
"the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under "
"the same demand, based on the defined route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299
msgid ""
"How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Preferred Route* "
"fields on the replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five "
"different products in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, "
"Azure Interior, and ensure other demands for these products are handled "
"separately?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for "
"all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:308
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is "
"created for the same supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:310
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:311
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Order Once` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the "
"five products tied to `SO35`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid ""
"After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement "
"Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future "
"demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different "
"|RFQs| (the usual behavior)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:321
msgid "Just-in-time logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323
msgid ""
"*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders "
"precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted "
"date <inventory/warehouses_storage/forecasted-date>`, which determines when "
"replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:327
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product "
"if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing"
" the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor "
"lead times <inventory/management/purchase-lt>` and :ref:`purchasing delays "
"<inventory/management/purchase-security-lt>` for purchases, or "
":ref:`manufacturing lead times <inventory/management/manuf-lt>` for "
"production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:335
msgid ""
"For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date "
"in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just "
"in time for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:338
msgid "Important considerations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:340
msgid ""
"**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead"
" times <lead_times>` for more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:342
msgid ""
"While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, "
"**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery "
"dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are "
"immediately triggered when needed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:349
msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:351
msgid ""
"To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the "
":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering "
"rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:355
msgid ""
"The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo."
" It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's "
"replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current "
"date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can "
"receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is "
"calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:365
msgid ""
"A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367
msgid ""
"Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and "
"the days to purchase is 2 days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:369
msgid "Today's date is November 26."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:370
msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372
msgid ""
"A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days "
"from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in "
"the **To Order** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:375
msgid ""
"However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet"
" appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they "
"fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely"
" when needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:382
msgid ""
"The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's "
"necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:385
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "على سبيل المثال: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:387
msgid ""
"If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted "
"date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:389
msgid ""
"If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, "
"replenishment can wait."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:391
msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:393
msgid ""
"By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes "
"stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements "
"are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without "
"the stress!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:398
msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400
msgid ""
"|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in"
" the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:403
msgid ""
"They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by "
"clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the "
"replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted "
"quantity**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:412
msgid ""
"Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to"
" December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities "
"are zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:418
msgid ""
"Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` "
"units is `5.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:423
msgid "Visibility days"
msgstr "أيام الظهور "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:425
msgid ""
"*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities "
"should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted "
"stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering "
"rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional "
"future demand by the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:430
msgid ""
"This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future "
"needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger "
"orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433
msgid ""
"To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days "
"in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> "
"Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:437
msgid ""
"Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the "
":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right and "
"choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired "
"visibility days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks "
"the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on "
"the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:446
msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448
msgid ""
"A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a"
" shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs>` and"
" tariffs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:452
msgid ""
"November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453
msgid ""
"|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing "
"$100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:454
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"19, costing an additional $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:456
msgid ""
"|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"25, costing another $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:459
msgid ""
"Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Show forecasted date visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464
msgid ""
"Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" "
"20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:467
msgid ""
"It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by "
"consolidating orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:468
msgid ""
"|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the "
"other two orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Visibility days visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:474
msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476
msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:478
msgid ""
"**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days "
"later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:479
msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:480
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the "
"order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment "
"notification until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:483
msgid ""
"This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing "
"it to balance replenishment costs more effectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses "
":doc:`manual reordering rules <reordering_rules>`, lead times, and upcoming "
"demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12
msgid ""
"Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the"
" user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage "
"suggestions for replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15
msgid ""
"This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand "
"without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
msgstr ""
"للوصول إلى تقرير تجديد المخزون، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق المخزون --> "
"العمليات --> تجديد المخزون.` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21
msgid ""
"The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed "
"below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create "
"reordering rules section <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` "
":guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30
msgid ""
"Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates "
"the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the "
"replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the "
"vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can"
" reduce shipment costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41
msgid ""
"Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44
msgid "Replenishment information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46
msgid ""
"In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-"
"circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment "
"Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50
msgid ""
"For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to"
" the :ref:`Just in time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
msgstr "إعادة التزويد من مستودع آخر "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
msgstr ""
"من حالات الاستخدام المعتادة للبيئات متعددة المستودعات هي أن يكون هناك مستودع"
" مركزي يقوم بإعادة التزويد لعدة متاجر، وفي هذه الحالة، يُعد كل متجر مستودعاً"
" محلياً. عندما يرغب متجر في تجديد مخزون منتج ما، يتم طلب المنتج إلى المستودع"
" المركزي. يتيح أودو للمستخدم إعداد أي المستودعات يقوم بإعادة التزويد "
"للمستودعات الأخرى بكل سهولة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""
"لإعادة التزويد من مستودع آخر، اذهب أولاً إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> "
"التهيئة --> الإعدادات --> المستودع`، ثم قم بتفعيل :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة"
" الخطوات`. بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لتطبيق الإعدادات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
msgstr "قم بتفعيل المسارات متعددة الخطوات في إعدادات المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""
"قم بعرض كافة المستودعات التي تمت تهيئتها عن طريق الذهاب إلى "
":menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> المستودعات`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"أنشئ مستودعاً جديداً عن طريق الضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء`، ثم قم بتسمية "
"المستودع وأعطه :guilabel:`اسماً قصيراً`. وأخيراً، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` "
"لتكمل عملية إنشاء المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
"resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""
"بعد ذلك، عد إلى صفحة :guilabel:`المستودعات` وافتح المستودع الذي ستتم إعادة "
"تزويده من المستودع الثاني. بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`تحرير`. في علامة "
"تبويب :guilabel:`تهيئة المستودع` , اعثر على حقل :guilabel:`إعادة التزويد من`"
" ثم قم بتحديد المربع بجانب اسم المستودع الثاني. إذا كان من الممكن إعادة "
"تزويد المستودع من أكثر من مستودع واحد، لا تنسَ تحديد المربعات بجانب تلك "
"المستودعات أيضاً. وأخيراً، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` لتطبيق الإعدادات. والآن،"
" بات أودو يعلم أي المستودعات يمكنها إعادة تزويد هذا المستودع. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr "قم بتزويد مستودع من مستودع آخر، من علامة تبويب تهيئة المستودعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr "قم بإعداد مسار لمنتج "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
msgid ""
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
msgstr ""
"بعد تهيئة أي المستودعات ستتم إعادة التزويد منه، سيكون هناك مسار جديد متاح في"
" كافة استمارات المنتجات. سيظهر المسار الجديد كـ :guilabel:`تزويد المنتج من "
"[اسم المستودع]` تحت علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المخزون` في استمارة المنتج. "
"استخدم مسار :guilabel:`تزويد المنتج من [اسم المستودع]` مع قاعدة إعادة الطلب،"
" أو مسار الإنتاج حسب الطلب (MTO) لتجديد المخزون عن طريق تحريك المنتج من "
"مستودع لآخر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""
"إعدادات المسار التي تمكن المنتج من أن تتم إعادة تزويده من مستودع ثانٍ. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
msgid ""
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
"tracked in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"عندما يتم تشغيل قاعدة إعادة طلب المنتج، ويكون للمنتج مسار :guilabel:`تزويد "
"المنتج من [اسم المستودع]` معد، يقوم أودو تلقاتئياً بإنشاء عمليتي انتقاء. "
"عملية الانتقاء الواحدة هي عبارة عن  *أمر توصيل* من المستودع الثاني، والذي "
"يحتوي على كافة المنتجات المطلوبة، وعملية الانتقاء الثانية هي عبارة عن "
"*إيصال* لنفس المنتجات للمستودع الرئيسي. حركة المنتج من المستودع الثاني إلى "
"المستودع الرئيسي يتم تتبعها بشكل كامل في أودو. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
msgstr ""
"في سجلات الانتقاء/التحويل المنشأة بواسطة أودو، يكون :guilabel:`المستند "
"المصدري` هو قاعدة إعادة طلب المنتج. يعد الموقع بين أمر التوصيل والإيصال موقع"
" عبور. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"تُنشئ قاعدة إعادة الطلب تلقائياً إيصالين لبضاعة المخزون بين المستودعين. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
msgstr "أمر من المستودع لإعادة تزويد مخزون إحدى المستودعات من مستودع آخر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
msgstr "إيصال لمخزون تم استلامة في إحدى المستودعات من مستودع آخر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
msgstr "قم بنقل المنتجات بين المستودعات باستخدام خاصية تجديد المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
msgstr ""
"بالنسبة للشركات التي تستخدم عدة مستودعات، غالباً ما يكون من الضروري نقل "
"العناصر بين المستودعات. يشار إلى ذلك بـ *النقل ما بين المستودعات*. يتعامل "
"تطبيق *المخزون* لدى أودو مع العمليات الإدارية المتعلقة بعمليات النقل بين "
"المستودعات لضمان أن عدد البضاعة الموجودة في المخزون يبقى دقيقاً أثناء وبعد "
"عملية النقل. سيصف هذا المستند الطريقة المتبعة بالتفصيل للقيام بعملية النقل "
"بين المستودعات باستخدام خاصية تجديد المخزون. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة المستودعات لعملية تجديد المخزون فيما بين المستودعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
msgid ""
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
msgstr ""
"أولاً، تأكد من أن إعداد :guilabel:`المسارات متعددة الخطوات` مفعل، عن طريق "
"الانتقال إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`، ثم قم "
"بتحديد المربع تحت علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المستودع`. سيقدم ذلك خيارات تهيئة "
"إضافية عند إنشاء مستودع ثانٍ، وتلك الخيارات مطلوبة لتجديد المخزون بين "
"المستودعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
msgstr ""
"يأتي أودو مع مستودع رئيسي مهيأ بالفعل بشكل افتراضي. إذا لم يتم إنشاء مستودع "
"إضافي، يمكنك القيام بذلك في تطبيق :guilabel:`المخزون` عن طريق تحديد "
":menuselection:`التهيئة --> المستودعات --> إنشاء`. وإلا، قم بتحديد المستودع "
"الذي سيتم نقل المنتجات إليه من صفحة :guilabel:`المستودعات` ثم اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تحرير` لتغيير الإعدادات. قم بتهيئة المستودع بالطريقة التالية: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`المستودع`: اختر اسماً غير مستخدم بالفعل لمستودع آخر (مثال: "
"`مستودع بديل`) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الاسم المختصر`: اختر اسماً مختصراً سيتم تعريف المستودع به (مثال "
"`ALT_WH`) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
msgstr ""
"اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` وسيتم إنشاء المستودع الجديد. إضافة إلى ذلك، سيظهر "
"حقل جديد لـ :guilabel:`إعادة التزويد من` في استمارة المستودع. اضغط على "
":guilabel:`تحرير` ثم حدد المربع بجانب المستودع الذي سيتم استخدامه لإعادة "
"تزويد المستودع الذي تتم تهيئته حالياً. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid ""
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"استمارة إعدادات المستودع تمت تهيئتها للسماح بإعادة التزويد بين المستودعات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
"Francisco 2\"."
msgstr ""
"للتوضيح، ستتم تسمية المستودع الذي يتم نقل المنتجات منه (الصادر) \"سان "
"فرانسيسكو\"، والمستودع الذي سيتم نقل المنتجات إليه (الوارد) \"سان فرانسيسكو "
"2\". "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "قم بتهيئة المنتجات لعملية تجديد المخزون فيما بين المستودعات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
"a new one, if necessary."
msgstr ""
"يجب أيضاً أن تتم تهيئة المنتجات بشكل صحيح حتى يتم نقلها بين المستودعات. "
"انتقل إلى :menuselection:`المخزون --> المنتجات --> المنتجات` وقم بتحديد منتج"
" موجود أو :guilabel:`أنشئ` منتجاً جديداً إذا استدعى الأمر. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
"that products are transferred from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
" being replenished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
"take place"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
"product will be transferred from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
"step deliveries and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
msgid "Process the delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
msgid ""
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
"quantities shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
"quantities received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
msgid ""
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"configure the form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
"replenished in batches of 20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
"length, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
msgid ""
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
msgid ""
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
" pop-up that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
msgid ""
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "الصيانة"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
"track of maintenance requirements."
msgstr ""
"**تطبيق أودو للصيانة** يساعد على زيادة فعالية المعدات من خلال تتبع متطلبات "
"الصيانة. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
msgstr ""
"`دروس أودو التعليمية: إدارة صيانة المعدات "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_ "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5
msgid "Equipment management"
msgstr "إدارة المعدات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr "إضافة معدات جديدة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations,"
" including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery"
" on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a "
"computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by "
"the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a "
"vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""
"في أودو، تشير *المعدات* إلى أي عنصر يتم استخدامه في العمليات اليومية، بما في"
" ذلك تصنيع المنتجات. يمكن أن يعني ذلك آلة في خط الإنتاج، أو أداة يتم "
"استخدامها في مواقع مختلفة، أو جهاز كمبيوتر في مساحة مكتبية. يمكن أن تكون "
"المعدات المسجلة في أودو ملكاً للشركة التي تستخدم قاعدة بيانات أودو، أو لطرف "
"خارجي مثل البائع، في حالة تأجير المعدات. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""
"باستخدام تطبيق *الصيانة* لدى أودو، من الممكن تتبع القطع الفردية من المعدات، "
"بالإضافة إلى معلومات حول متطلبات الصيانة الخاصة بها. لإضافة قطعة جديدة من "
"المعدات، انتقل إلى تطبيق :guilabel:`الصيانة`، وقم بتحديد "
":menuselection:`المعدات --> الآلات والأدوات --> إنشاء`، ثم قم بتهيئة المعدات"
" كما يلي: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`اسم الجهاز`: اسم المنتج الخاص بالجهاز "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`فئة المعدات`: الفئة التي تنتمي إليها المعدات؛ على سبيل المثال، "
"أجهزة الكمبيوتر والآلات والأدوات وما إلى ذلك؛ يمكن إنشاء فئات جديدة عن طريق "
"التنقل إلى :menuselection:`التهيئة --> فئات المعدات` والضغط على "
":guilabel:`إنشاء`  "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`الشركة`: الشركة التي تملك المعدات؛ مجدداً، يمكن أن تكون هذه "
"الشركة التي تستخدم قاعدة بيانات أودو، أو شركة خارجية "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
"maintenance teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
"equipment when it fails"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
msgstr ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86
msgid ""
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
" the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "التصنيع"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/general/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing workflows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."
msgstr ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored"
" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid ""
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
"manufacturing process and save time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20
msgid ""
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31
msgid ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49
msgid ""
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52
msgid ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."
msgstr ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid "Set up operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
msgid ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."
msgstr ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."
msgstr ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16
msgid ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
msgstr ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
" manufacture a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
" produces."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44
msgid ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."
msgstr ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70
msgid ""
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-"
"configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32
msgid ""
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
"require no specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
" previously configured kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
"(bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Structure & cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
"assemblies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "One-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement "
"of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory "
"counts still update based on the number of components used and products "
"manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not "
"tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, "
"allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change "
"the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select"
" a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three "
"options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and "
"then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and "
"then store products (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0
msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in "
"Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to "
":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing "
"<manufacturing/management/configure-manufacturing-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid "Create manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| "
"can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the "
":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49
msgid ""
"After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and "
"operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations "
"are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the "
":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid "Process manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79
msgid ""
"An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from "
"the work order tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid "Basic workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that"
" work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at "
"the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the"
" manufactured product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107
msgid "Tablet view workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the "
":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be "
"processed. This opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119
msgid ""
"After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a "
"timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After "
"completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the "
"top-right corner of the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work "
"order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on"
" that work order to open it in the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for "
"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple"
" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable"
" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the "
":doc:`product variants "
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25
msgid "Create custom product attributes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product "
"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing "
"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. "
"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the "
":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired "
"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants "
"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a "
"new value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` "
"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, "
"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering "
"a custom variant of a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0
msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"to save the new attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58
msgid "Add product variants on the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular "
"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To "
"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Variants` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add "
"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to "
"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add "
"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be "
"added to the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72
msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are "
"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, "
"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86
msgid ""
"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing "
"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills "
"of Materials` form to configure from scratch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90
msgid ""
"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-"
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93
msgid ""
"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and "
"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96
msgid ""
"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product"
" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific "
"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once "
"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`"
" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options "
"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114
msgid ""
"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component "
"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the"
" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* "
"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123
msgid ""
"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which "
"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed "
"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the "
"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129
msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products"
" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new"
" quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135
msgid "Sell variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to "
"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a "
":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the"
" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity "
"to sell and manufacture, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This "
"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where "
"available optional products will appear, if they have been created "
"previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create "
"and confirm a new sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162
msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click "
"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168
msgid ""
"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate "
"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant,"
" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional "
":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet "
"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175
msgid ""
"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation "
"progresses to complete the operation steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the "
"manufacturing order form to complete the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at "
"the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191
msgid ""
"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the "
":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to "
"invoice the customer for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5
msgid ""
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be "
"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be"
" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
msgid "Scrap manufacturing components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to"
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a "
"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a"
" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` "
"pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity"
" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap"
" the component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
msgid ""
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the "
"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished "
"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product "
"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
msgid ""
"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the "
"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock "
"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the "
"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two "
"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the "
"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to "
"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
msgid "Scrap components from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68
msgid ""
"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do "
"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left"
" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the "
":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and "
"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click "
":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid "Scrap finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing "
"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, "
"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94
msgid ""
"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they"
" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, "
"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished "
"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
msgid ""
"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to "
"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during "
"manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped "
"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair "
"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3
msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a"
" single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, "
"it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple "
"units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple "
"units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As "
"a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order"
" contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17
msgid "Split manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19
msgid ""
"To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the "
":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears "
"with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for "
"the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up "
"window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of "
"manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then "
"click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new "
"manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the "
":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will "
"be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split "
"into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` "
"field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the "
"reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The "
"reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, "
"*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52
msgid "Merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54
msgid ""
"To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating "
"the checkbox to the left of the name of each order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid ""
"Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for"
" each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the "
":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select "
":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69
msgid ""
"The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The "
"reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential "
"number that has *not* already been assigned to an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73
msgid ""
"The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. "
"Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a"
" single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by "
"the merger is *WH/MO/00013*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the "
"merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged "
"are listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81
msgid ""
"Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create "
"*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* "
"and *WH/MO/00010*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
msgid ""
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
msgid ""
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "تقييم المخزون"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr "مع:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
msgid ""
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
"receiving your final product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
msgid ""
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
"line hamburger menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
"route should also be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
msgid ""
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
msgid ""
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
"is a buy route already."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
msgid ""
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
"locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr "تجديد المخزون يدوياً "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
"you are delivering to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
" the delivery address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Three-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick "
"components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished "
"products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of "
"components removed, and finished products created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57
msgid "Process pick components transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the "
":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: "
"*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store "
"finished products transfer)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the "
"|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the "
"locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid ""
"After transferring the components out of their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69
msgid ""
"Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` "
"breadcrumb at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140
msgid "Process finished product transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142
msgid ""
"After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This "
"time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products "
"transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products "
"from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they "
"are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147
msgid ""
"After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Two-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not "
"generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. "
"Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, "
"but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59
msgid ""
"After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components "
"transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of "
"components from the locations where they are stored to the location where "
"they are used to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱"
" (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This "
"opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7
msgid ""
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
"production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17
msgid ""
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
"to hide rows if you like."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40
msgid ""
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
"components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54
msgid ""
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61
msgid ""
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
"cross."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69
msgid ""
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
"different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
"demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"still matches current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
" was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80
msgid ""
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
"replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93
msgid ""
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
"operational again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
msgid ""
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
"available again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
msgid ""
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
msgid ""
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
msgid ""
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
msgid ""
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
msgid ""
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
msgid ""
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
"work center can also be performed at the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
msgid ""
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
"unavailable for any reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
msgid ""
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
msgid ""
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
"logged in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
"left of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid ""
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3
msgid "Work order dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be "
"completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried"
" out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order "
"dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill"
" of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur "
"first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable "
"it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is "
"not already active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work "
"Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24
msgid "Add dependencies to BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26
msgid ""
"Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, "
"click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field "
"appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, "
"click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` "
"pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the "
"pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*"
" the operation that is blocked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60
msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63
msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo "
"*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on "
"their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order "
"dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a "
"|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that "
"are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the "
":guilabel:`Status` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79
msgid ""
"Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting "
"for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, "
"the tag updates to `Ready`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86
msgid ""
"To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and "
"time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period "
"specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that "
"precedes it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has "
"two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of"
" 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 "
"pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut "
"operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is "
"scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106
msgid "Planning by workcenter"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108
msgid ""
"To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This"
" page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112
msgid ""
"If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order "
"that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking"
" it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the "
"blocking operation to the blocked operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5
msgid "Shop Floor"
msgstr "شاشة التصنيع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. "
"*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders"
" (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the "
"amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It "
"cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the "
"*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section "
"at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26
msgid ""
"To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on "
":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "التنقل "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32
msgid ""
"*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the module:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and "
"displays information cards for |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37
msgid ""
"Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards "
"for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be "
"toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the "
"navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that "
"appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned"
" to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on "
"the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to"
" the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47
msgid ""
"To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply "
"search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at "
"the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching "
"between the different module views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the"
" employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to "
"sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of"
" which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the "
":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or "
"off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61
msgid "All page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every "
"|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it "
"has been confirmed, and all required components are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the "
":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it "
"from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71
msgid "MO information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73
msgid ""
"An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with "
"options for processing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76
msgid ""
"The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of"
" units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun"
" on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has "
"begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for"
" an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status "
"updates to :guilabel:`To Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82
msgid ""
"The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if"
" any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. "
"Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of "
"title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button "
"that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87
msgid ""
"Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. "
"To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`"
" field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the"
" line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created "
"for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for "
"10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records"
" that 10 units were produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97
msgid ""
"The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. "
"This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if "
"there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work "
"orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. "
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any "
"required quality checks can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade "
"away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card "
"disappears completely, the work order is closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they "
"are found to be defective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121
msgid "Work center pages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123
msgid ""
"By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for "
"every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is "
"considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, "
"and any preceding work orders have been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of "
"readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` "
"filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132
msgid "Work order information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134
msgid ""
"A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees "
"with options for processing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137
msgid ""
"The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that"
" the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being "
"produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the"
" work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, "
"the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order "
"has been worked on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142
msgid ""
"The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to "
"complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on "
"the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears."
" Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line "
"automatically marks the step as completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147
msgid ""
"Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`"
" line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the"
" step for the associated |MO| card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152
msgid ""
"If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a "
":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order "
"card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and "
"the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the"
" quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work "
"orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and "
"causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is "
"assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the"
" work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears"
" on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain "
"open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is "
"marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a "
"different work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a "
"change to the work order's instructions or steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be "
"filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185
msgid "Operator panel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187
msgid ""
"The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the"
" *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every "
"employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191
msgid ""
"To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's "
"name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with "
"their names and profile pictures greyed-out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194
msgid ""
"When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working "
"on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is "
"working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under "
"their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199
msgid ""
"To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add "
"Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from "
"the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202
msgid ""
"To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the "
":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8
msgid "Product lifecycle management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for"
" testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept "
"development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support "
"stages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14
msgid ""
"With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3
msgid "Change management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10
msgid "ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12
msgid ""
"An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize "
"and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type"
" separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and "
"stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17
msgid ""
"For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product "
"Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware "
"Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in "
"the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding "
"unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23
msgid "Create ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25
msgid ""
"To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Configuration --> ECO Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28
msgid ""
"Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO"
" Types` form, fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the"
" |ECOs| of this *type* in a project."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted "
"to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage "
"of this |ECO| type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related "
"|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field "
"generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email "
"address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Example of an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46
msgid "Edit ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click "
"on the desired |ECO| type from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and "
":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57
msgid "Stages"
msgstr "المراحل"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59
msgid ""
"Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to "
"identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be "
"applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that "
"changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews "
"and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by "
"enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on"
" a production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68
msgid ""
"For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which "
"is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores "
"|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next "
"production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73
msgid "Create stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75
msgid ""
"To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended "
"project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the "
"|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text "
"box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the "
":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83
msgid ""
"A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in"
" the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track "
"unassigned tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91
msgid "Verification stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a "
"kanban view of |ECOs| of this type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96
msgid ""
"To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select"
" the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99
msgid ""
"Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by "
"checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer,"
" their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106
msgid ""
"Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval "
"Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109
msgid ""
"The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the"
" stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save "
"& Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage "
"`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and "
"selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117
msgid ""
"By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by "
"this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the"
" production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120
msgid ""
"Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure "
"proper behavior."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127
msgid "Closing stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129
msgid ""
"Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up "
"window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137
msgid ""
"The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage` options"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1
msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3
msgid "Engineering change orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert"
" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15
msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type <plm/eco/create-eco>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view <plm/eco/tablet-view>` of an "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias "
"<plm/eco/eco-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24
msgid "Create ECO"
msgstr "إنشاء أمر تغيير هندسي "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
"To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select "
"the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. "
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`"
" button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types <plm/eco/eco-type>` to categorize "
"and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| "
"related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product "
"introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance "
"fulfillment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36
msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates"
" if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If "
"multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the"
" change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the "
"change applies to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. "
"(Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing "
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production "
"|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific "
"date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the"
" |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization."
" Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
"After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` "
"button to begin implementing the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62
msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of "
"the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65
msgid ""
"A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version "
"number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| "
"versions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68
msgid ""
"The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right "
"corner of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has "
"been pressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80
msgid "Change components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo "
"distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current "
"version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the "
"product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, "
"marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the "
"components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing "
"components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, "
"and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are "
"reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart"
" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153
msgid "Compare changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| "
"form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the"
" current |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not "
"in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both "
"|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120
msgid ""
"Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** "
"affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the "
":ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard"
" |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132
msgid "Change operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134
msgid ""
"To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view "
"and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which "
"opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146
msgid ""
"Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up"
" window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and "
"remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the "
"differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not "
"yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by "
"both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised "
"|BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165
msgid ""
"Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in"
" production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-"
"changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the "
"columns in the table, reflect the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the "
"operation includes detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176
msgid ""
"To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: "
"Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart "
"button displayed at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed "
":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n"
"instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further "
"instructions in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the "
"revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can "
"be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is "
"performed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-"
"up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the"
" revised |BOM| in the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203
msgid ""
"In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the "
":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the "
"expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the "
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207
msgid ""
"To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point "
"instructions are added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209
msgid ""
"The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to "
":guilabel:`Register Production` of components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211
msgid ""
"The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step"
" Type` that provides additional assembly details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr "تطبيق التغييرات "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223
msgid ""
"After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage "
"<plm/eco/stage-config>`, which are stages that require approval before the "
"revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227
msgid ""
"Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button "
"becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved "
"to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original "
"production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232
msgid "Verify changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239
msgid ""
"To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
" tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the "
"version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248
msgid ""
"After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard "
"<plm/eco/example-keyboard>`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| "
"in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number "
"has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260
msgid "Create ECO from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while "
"performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` "
"icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In "
"Progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278
msgid ""
"Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three "
"horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens "
"the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`."
" Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286
msgid ""
"Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where "
"the proposed changes are submitted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the"
" :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in "
"greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. "
"Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295
msgid ""
"To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in "
"the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional "
"quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control "
"point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303
msgid ""
"Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| "
"is created with the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308
msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are "
"automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314
msgid "View ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316
msgid ""
"To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X "
"Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes "
"created from the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban "
"view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`"
" stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323
msgid ""
"On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the "
":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes "
"in greater detail."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328
msgid ""
"An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step "
"from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for"
" the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, "
"`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332
msgid ""
"Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` "
"ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| "
"created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the "
"suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further "
"clarification from the person who proposed the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select "
"the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of "
":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction "
"titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the"
" line item to view the suggested changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353
msgid ""
"On the :ref:`quality control point <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately "
"filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new "
"instruction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this "
"instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for "
"this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the "
"worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, "
"or other :ref:`quality check options <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369
msgid ""
"Once the quality control point is configured, return to the "
":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality"
" control line item to its intended order of instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking "
"and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second "
"position."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far "
"left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3
msgid "Version control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions "
"of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component "
"details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of"
" the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14
msgid ""
"Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use "
"*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls "
"or customer complaints."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17
msgid ""
"Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for "
"organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order <plm/eco>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24
msgid "Current BoM version"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select "
"the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the "
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` "
"of the |BOM| is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32
msgid ""
"|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Products --> Bill of Materials`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40
msgid "Version history"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42
msgid ""
"To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials` and click the desired |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45
msgid ""
"From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to "
"list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the"
" top right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the "
"*PLM* app is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the "
"top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a "
"drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58
msgid ""
"Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the"
" |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the "
":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files "
"associated with the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` "
"date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` "
"and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "List of BOM effective dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79
msgid ""
"A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the "
"chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing"
" stage <plm/eco/stage-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83
msgid "Design files"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85
msgid ""
"Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design "
"material to the |BOM| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of "
"Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the "
"*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92
msgid ""
"The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` "
"section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100
msgid "Manage design files in an ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102
msgid ""
"Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and "
"applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. "
"Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106
msgid ""
"To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, "
"open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110
msgid ""
"Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`"
" icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, "
"or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are "
"contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once"
" the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original "
"`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the "
":guilabel:`Documents` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard "
"manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` "
"icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127
msgid ""
"Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n"
"one newly added attachment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136
msgid ""
"Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed "
"in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the"
" archival occurred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140
msgid "Apply rebase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142
msgid ""
"Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144
msgid ""
"Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| "
"are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous"
" production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`"
" tab, visible only in this scenario."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148
msgid ""
"To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Rebase` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151
msgid ""
"Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| "
"version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added,"
" and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has "
"become `6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159
msgid ""
"This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space "
"stabilizer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur "
"in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the "
"previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to "
"`ECO0012`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production "
"BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3
msgid "Project management"
msgstr "إدارة المشاريع "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr "الموافقات"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10
msgid ""
"Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to "
"stages of :ref:`engineering change orders <plm/eco>` (ECOs) under review. "
"Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. "
"Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and "
"premature actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration <plm/eco/stage-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19
msgid "Add approver"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on "
"the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended "
"stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28
msgid ""
"Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign"
" them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, "
"where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is"
" updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32
msgid ""
"See the documentation about :ref:`stage types <plm/eco/stage-config>` for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the "
"approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering "
"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to "
"approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or "
":guilabel:`Comments only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45
msgid ""
"Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in "
"the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48
msgid ""
"Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply"
" changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to "
":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments "
"only`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" "
"stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57
msgid "Manage approvals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59
msgid ""
"Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which "
"shows the count of open tasks assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62
msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress"
" |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the "
":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must "
"accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval "
"or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting "
"approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to "
"apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, "
"and apply changes to, in the verification stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75
msgid ""
"|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been "
"approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form "
"view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of "
"ECOs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84
msgid "Approve ECOs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86
msgid ""
"Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the "
"assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89
msgid ""
"To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92
msgid ""
"Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs"
" the history of the clicked buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required "
"to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying"
" changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102
msgid "Automated activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104
msgid ""
"When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is "
"automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers "
"receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the "
":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` "
"notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, "
":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons"
" shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113
msgid ""
"Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` "
"icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there "
"are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121
msgid ""
"By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO "
"Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon"
" to view additional information, including the approval's "
":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the "
"due date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130
msgid "Follow-up activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132
msgid ""
"When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for "
"required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with "
"deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned "
"Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up "
"window for creating tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n"
"close the planned activity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` "
"to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the "
":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for "
"completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` "
"field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149
msgid ""
"After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. "
"Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and "
"returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` "
"task is created for the approver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154
msgid ""
"The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the "
"|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver "
"to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button "
"creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "الشراء"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "متقدم"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
msgid ""
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
"negotiate discounts on prices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
msgid "Generate customized reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
" key metrics and a pivot table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
msgid ""
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
msgid ""
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
"filters are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
"depending on their date of confirmation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
msgid ""
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
" filtered with the previous one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Add custom filters"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
msgid ""
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
"the top right of the dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
msgid "Visualize your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
msgid ""
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid "Explore your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
msgid ""
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
" so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
"export it as an Excel file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
"a new blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
"agreement must follow:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
"drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
"expire, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
" price will remain **0**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
"for the type of selection:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
"manually set by the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
"order that was just created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
"Arrival` date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
msgid ""
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
msgid ""
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
"replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
"which vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
"*blanket orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
msgid ""
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
"offers for them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
msgid ""
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
"manually, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
msgid ""
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
"at first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
msgid ""
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
msgid ""
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
msgid ""
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
"created previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
" a Compare Order Lines page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
msgid ""
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
msgid ""
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
"order, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
" is changed to **0**, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
msgid ""
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
msgid ""
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
"when finished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
"column at the far right of their rows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
"into the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
"applied to any new product created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
msgid ""
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
msgid ""
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
"products actually being received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
"some of the quantities are received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "المطابقة الثلاثية"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
msgid ""
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
msgid ""
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
"set to *received quantities*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
"in a purchase order have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
"draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
msgid ""
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
"policy used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid "**Conditions**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On received quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
" settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
msgid ""
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
"are used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
msgid ""
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
msgid ""
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
msgid ""
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
msgid ""
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid ""
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
"the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
msgid ""
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
msgid ""
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
msgid ""
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
"proceeding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
"receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
msgid ""
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
msgid ""
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
msgid ""
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
msgid "Batch billing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
msgid ""
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
msgid ""
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
":guilabel:`Posted`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "المنتجات"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "الجودة "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5
msgid "Quality check types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3
msgid "Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types"
" that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows"
" the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11
msgid ""
"For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality checks <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` and :ref:`quality control points "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16
msgid "Process an Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed."
" If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or "
"work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a"
" check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23
msgid "Process from the quality check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the"
" quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33
msgid "Process quality check on an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for"
" which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button "
"to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality "
"checks created for the order can be processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions "
"detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the "
"manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page."
" For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63
msgid "Process work order quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a "
"specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an "
"*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather"
" than the manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet "
"view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on "
"the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching"
" the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top "
"of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move "
"on to the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "An Instructions check for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to "
"quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3
msgid "Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that "
"can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point "
"(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a "
"product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, "
"the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* "
"value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A "
"single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be "
"configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26
msgid "Quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how the picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality control point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`,"
" and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: "
":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52
msgid ""
"Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the "
"ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-"
"entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` "
"and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum "
"acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum "
"acceptable measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"measurement should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69
msgid "Process a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be "
"processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71
msgid "From the check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to take the measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82
msgid ""
"After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click "
":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* "
"and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the"
" top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the "
"check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*,"
" or *Failed* if the value is outside of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87
msgid "On an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing "
"order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all "
"of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, "
"then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If the value entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can "
"then be processed as usual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117
msgid ""
"However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-"
"up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the "
"pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units "
"and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the "
"bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`"
" pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185
msgid ""
"If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` "
"instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were "
"listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120
msgid "On a work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality "
"check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing"
" order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151
msgid ""
"*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the "
"tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and "
"then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the "
"check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of"
" the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above"
" the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166
msgid ""
"If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the "
"measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window "
"appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171
msgid ""
"The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a "
"warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should "
"be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the"
" :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-"
"up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled "
":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the "
":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"check, and move on to the next step of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3
msgid "Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types "
"that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the "
"creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria "
"that must be met for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically,"
" begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check "
"to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61
msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at "
"the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing"
" order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check "
"is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If "
"the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching "
"the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If "
"the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the "
"top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete "
"guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on "
":ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3
msgid "Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check "
"types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality "
"control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be "
"attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13
msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-checks>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture` quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears "
"after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a"
" device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information "
"about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on "
":ref:`adding new equipment "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64
msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open "
"the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, "
"select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), "
"for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown "
"on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`"
" section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to"
" the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to"
" complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality "
"alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality "
"alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon "
"reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, "
"which appear at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the "
"file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`"
" to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert"
" can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153
msgid "Review a picture attached to a check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155
msgid ""
"After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by "
"quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select "
"a quality check to review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159
msgid ""
"The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the "
"quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` "
"button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check "
"fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
msgid "Quality control basics"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7
msgid ""
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
"detected by automated processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18
msgid ""
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
" the *Quality* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21
msgid ""
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
"quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24
msgid ""
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
"created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
"the quality issue, if applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
"originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
" alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42
msgid ""
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
"information to quality teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
"occurring in the future"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58
msgid ""
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "Access the work order menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66
msgid ""
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
"calendar, and pivot table views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79
msgid ""
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
msgid "Quality checks"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8
msgid ""
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
"operation or manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12
msgid ""
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
" :ref:`quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18
msgid ""
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
"unprompted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24
msgid "Manual quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26
msgid ""
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
" order) and all products within it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
"for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39
msgid ""
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
"the quality check is being conducted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43
msgid ""
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
" to a specific |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
"the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
"before the check can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
"certain criteria to pass the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
"filled out to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
"that owns the product being inspected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
"created, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75
msgid "Process quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77
msgid ""
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82
msgid ""
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
":ref:`Quality Control Points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89
msgid "Quality check page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
" tab at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100
msgid "Quality check on order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122
msgid "Quality check on work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124
msgid ""
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that "
"requires the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions"
" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, "
"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the "
"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` "
"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the "
"next step of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create "
":doc:`quality checks <quality_checks>` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| "
"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations "
"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly "
"inspected for defects and other issues."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality "
"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that "
"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| "
"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, "
"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should "
"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be "
"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and "
":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left "
"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the "
"specified operation(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled "
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work "
"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the "
"manufacturing operation in general."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47
msgid ""
"For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the "
"`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is "
"confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check "
"specifically for the `Assembly` operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *when* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product "
"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for "
"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* "
"products are included in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items"
" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the "
":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical "
"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the "
"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of "
"the |QCP| are met."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain "
"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% "
"of Transfers` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period"
" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field "
"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or "
":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should"
" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|"
" depends upon the type of quality check selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be "
"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to "
"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the "
"manufacturing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet "
"for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the "
"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to "
"pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be "
"filled out by the employee processing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91
msgid ""
"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93
msgid ""
"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a"
" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* "
"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, "
"like receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97
msgid ""
"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control "
"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible "
"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific "
"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the "
"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality "
"checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is "
"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the"
" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter "
"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step "
"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, "
"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's "
"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides "
"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to "
"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing"
" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert <quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about "
"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this "
"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by "
"the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation."
msgstr ""